ontario traffic manual - greater sudbury sustainable...

189
Book 5 Ontario Traffic Manual Regulatory Signs March 2000

Upload: lythuy

Post on 06-Feb-2018

216 views

Category:

Documents


1 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Bo

ok

5OntarioTrafficManual

Regulatory Signs

March 2000

Page 2: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

OntarioTraffic Manual

Foreword

The purpose of the Ontario Traffic Manual (OTM) isto provide information and guidance fortransportation practitioners and to promoteuniformity of treatment in the design, application andoperation of traffic control devices and systemsacross Ontario. The objective is safe drivingbehaviour, achieved by a predictable roadwayenvironment through the consistent, appropriateapplication of traffic control devices. Furtherpurposes of the OTM are to provide a set ofguidelines consistent with the intent of the HighwayTraffic Act and to provide a basis for road authoritiesto generate or update their own guidelines andstandards.

The OTM is made up of a number of Books, whichare being generated over a period of time, and forwhich a process of continuous updating is planned.Through the updating process, it is proposed that theOTM will become more comprehensive andrepresentative by including many traffic controldevices and applications specific to municipal use.Some of the Books of the OTM are new, while othersincorporate updated material from the OntarioManual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD)and the King’s Highway Guide Signing PolicyManual (KHGSPM).

The Ontario Traffic Manual is directed to its primaryusers, traffic practitioners. The OTM incorporatescurrent best practices in the Province of Ontario.The interpretations, recommendations and guidelinesin the Ontario Traffic Manual are intended to provide

an understanding of traffic operations and theycover a broad range of traffic situations encounteredin practice. They are based on many factors whichmay determine the specific design and operationaleffectiveness of traffic control systems. However,no manual can cover all contingencies or all casesencountered in the field. Therefore, field experienceand knowledge of application are essential indeciding what to do in the absence of specificdirection from the Manual itself and in overriding anyrecommendations in this Manual.

The traffic practitioner’s fundamental responsibility isto exercise engineering judgement and experienceon technical matters in the best interests of thepublic and workers. Guidelines are provided in theOTM to assist in making those judgements, but theyshould not be used as a substitute for judgement.

Design, application and operational guidelines andprocedures should be used with judicious care andproper consideration of the prevailingcircumstances. In some designs, applications, oroperational features, the traffic practitioner’sjudgement is to meet or exceed a guideline while inothers a guideline might not be met for soundreasons, such as space availability, yet still produce adesign or operation which may be judged to be safe.Every effort should be made to stay as close to theguidelines as possible in situations like these, and todocument reasons for departures from them.

Page 3: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 20002

Custodial Office

Inquiries about amendments, suggestions orcomments regarding the Ontario Traffic Manual maybe directed to:

Ontario Traffic Manual CommitteeMinistry of Transportation, OntarioTraffic Program Management Office301 St. Paul Street, 2nd FloorSt. Catharines, OntarioL2R 7R4Telephone: (905) 704-2960Fax: (905) 704-2888

A user response form is provided at the end ofBook 1 of the Manual.

Book 5 Acknowledgements

Authors

Maryann Lovicsek, Michael Quinton, UshaElyatamby, IBI Group

Milton Harmelink, Claudio Covelli, Dillon ConsultingLimited

Rodney Edwards, Harpar Management Corporation

Alison Smiley, Human Factors North

Geni Bahar, Delcan Corporation

Technical Advisory Committee

Geni Bahar, Delcan Corporation

Michael Brady, Toronto Transportation

Gordon Brown, Ontario Traffic Conferencerepresentative

Harold Doyle, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Rodney Edwards, Harpar Management Corporation

Richard Fruin, Formerly of Ontario Police College

Milton Harmelink, Dillon Consulting Limited

Mazda Hodiwala, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Peter Howes, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Greg Junnor, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

George Karlos, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Maryann Lovicsek, IBI Group

Grant Malinsky, Regional Municipality of Ottawa-Carleton

Derek McCaughan, City of Guelph and OntarioTraffic Conference representative

William Obee, Ontario Good Roads Association

Victor Ozymtchak, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Michael Quinton, IBI Group

Terry Short, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

Alison Smiley, Human Factors North

Joanne Stevens, Ministry of Transportation Ontario

John Thomas, Toronto Transportation and MunicipalEngineers Association representative

Inquiries regarding the purchase and distribution ofthis Manual may be directed to the custodial officenoted above.

Page 4: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 3

Table of Contents

1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

1.1 Application of Regulatory Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

1.2 Classification of Regulatory Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

1.3 Design of Regulatory Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

1.4 Reflectivity/Luminance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

1.5 Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

1.6 Supplementary Flashing Beacons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

1.7 Dynamic Sign Technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

2. STOP Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

STOP Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-1 . . . . . . . . . . 17

ALL-WAY (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-1t . . . . . . . . . 17

3. YIELD Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

YIELD Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-2 . . . . . . . . . . 24

YIELD (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-2t . . . . . . . . . 24

4. Pedestrian Crossing Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

4.1 General Pedestrian Crossing Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

CROSS ON GREEN LIGHT ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-6 . . . . . . . . . . 27

CROSS ON WALK SIGNAL ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-7 . . . . . . . . . . 27

CROSS ONLY AT CROSSOVER Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-8 . . . . . . . . . . 28

CROSS OTHER SIDE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-9, Ra-9A . . . . 28

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Symbol Sign (with directional arrow)Ra-12 . . . . . . . . . 28

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Page 5: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 20004

PEDESTRIAN MUST PUSH BUTTON

TO RECEIVE WALK SIGNAL Symbol Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-13 . . . . . . . . . 28

4.2 Pedestrian Crossover Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

PEDESTRIAN X (Crossover) Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-4 . . . . . . . . . . 31

STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-4t . . . . . . . . . 31

NO PASSING HERE TO CROSSING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-10 . . . . . . . . . 31

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-11 . . . . . . . . . 31

5. Speed Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

MAXIMUM SPEED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-1 . . . . . . . . . . 35

MAXIMUM SPEED Sign with KM/H included . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-1A . . . . . . . . . 35

BEGINS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-84t . . . . . . . . 35

MAXIMUM SPEED BEGINS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-2 . . . . . . . . . . 36

MAXIMUM SPEED KM/H and BEGINS Sign on one sign blank . . . . . . . . . . Rb-3 . . . . . . . . . . 36

KM/H (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-7t . . . . . . . . . 36

MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-5 . . . . . . . . . . 38

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-6 . . . . . . . . . . 42

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHEN FLASHING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-6A . . . . . . . . . 42

6. Turn Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-10 . . . . . . . . . 45

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH Sign (specified times) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-10A . . . . . . . 45

NO RIGHT TURN Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-11 . . . . . . . . . 46

NO RIGHT TURN Sign (specified times) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-11A . . . . . . . . 46

NO LEFT TURN Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-12 . . . . . . . . . 46

NO LEFT TURN Sign (specified times) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-12A . . . . . . . . 46

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURN Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-13 . . . . . . . . . 47

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-14 . . . . . . . . . 47

NO TURNS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-15 . . . . . . . . . 47

NO U-TURNS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-16 . . . . . . . . . 47

BUSES EXCEPTED (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-10t . . . . . . . . 48

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 6: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 5

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

7. One-way Traffic Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

ONE-WAY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-21 . . . . . . . . . 51

DO NOT ENTER Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-19 . . . . . . . . . 53

DO NOT ENTER (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-19t . . . . . . . . 53

DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-20 . . . . . . . . . 55

8. Two-way and Multi-Lane Traffic Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

TWO-WAY TRAFFIC Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-24 . . . . . . . . . 58

KEEP RIGHT Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-25 . . . . . . . . . 60

THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-27 . . . . . . . . . 65

DO NOT PASS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-31 . . . . . . . . . 66

PASSING PERMITTED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-35 . . . . . . . . . 67

PASS WITH CARE (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-35t . . . . . . . . 67

KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-33 . . . . . . . . . 68

SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-34 . . . . . . . . . 69

PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-30 . . . . . . . . . 71

YIELD CENTRE LANE TO OPPOSING TRAFFIC Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-36 . . . . . . . . . 72

STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHEN SIGNALS FLASHING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-37 . . . . . . . . . 76

BOTH DIRECTIONS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-37t . . . . . . . . 76

9. Lane Designation Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

9.1 Turn Lane Designation Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

LEFT TURN ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-41 . . . . . . . . . 78

LEFT LANE (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-41t . . . . . . . . 78

RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-42 . . . . . . . . . 78

RIGHT LANE (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-42t . . . . . . . . 78

STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-43 . . . . . . . . . 79

STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-44 . . . . . . . . . 79

LEFT OR RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-45 . . . . . . . . . 79

ALL MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-46 . . . . . . . . . 79

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 7: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 20006

STRAIGHT THROUGH ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-47 . . . . . . . . . 80

TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-48 . . . . . . . . . 86

TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE, CENTRE LANE ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . Rb-48A . . . . . . . 86

9.2 Reserved Lane Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

RESERVED BICYCLE LANE Sign (overhead) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-84 . . . . . . . . . 88

RESERVED BICYCLE LANE Sign (ground-mounted) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-84A . . . . . . . 88

RESERVED LANE Sign

(one vehicle class, overhead, no days and times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-85 . . . . . . . . . 88

RESERVED LANE Sign

(one vehicle class, ground-mounted, no days and times) . . . . . . . . Rb-85A . . . . . . . 88

RESERVED LANE Sign

(multiple vehicle classes, overhead, no days and times) . . . . . . . . . . Rb-86 . . . . . . . . . 89

RESERVED LANE Sign

(multiple vehicle classes, ground-mounted, no days and times) . . . Rb-86A . . . . . . . 89

RESERVED LANE Sign

(one or multiple vehicle class(es), overhead, days and times) . . . . . Rb-87 . . . . . . . . . 90

RESERVED LANE Sign

(one or multiple vehicle class(es), ground-mounted, days and times)Rb-87A . . . . . . . 90

3 OR MORE PERSONS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-88 . . . . . . . . . 91

Reserved Lane BEGINS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-84t . . . . . . . . 91

Reserved Lane ENDS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-85t . . . . . . . . 91

10. Parking Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

10.1 General Parking Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

NO PARKING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-51 . . . . . . . . . 95

NO PARKING Sign (with days) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-51A . . . . . . . . 96

NO PARKING Sign (with days and times) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-52 . . . . . . . . . 96

NO PARKING, SNOW ROUTE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-57 . . . . . . . . . 96

NO PARKING, EMERGENCY PARKING ONLY Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-58 . . . . . . . . . 96

PARKING RESTRICTED Sign (with days, times and duration) . . . . . Rb-53 . . . . . . . . . 97

NO STANDING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-54 . . . . . . . . . 97

NO STANDING Sign (with days and times) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-54A . . . . . . . 97

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 8: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 7

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO STOPPING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-55 . . . . . . . . . 97

NO STOPPING Sign (with days) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-55A . . . . . . . 98

NO STOPPING Sign (with days and times) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-56 . . . . . . . . . 98

10.2 Disabled Parking Control Exemption Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

DISABLED PARKING PERMIT Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-93 . . . . . . . . . 102

DISABLED STANDING EXEMPTION Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-94 . . . . . . . . . 103

DISABLED STOPPING EXEMPTION Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-95 . . . . . . . . . 103

11. Specific Vehicle Class Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

11.1 General Truck Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

TRUCK ROUTE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-61 . . . . . . . . . 105

MOVEMENTS PERMITTED (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-61t . . . . . . . . 106

NO HEAVY TRUCKS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-62 . . . . . . . . . 107

NO HEAVY TRUCKS Sign (with time restriction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-62A . . . . . . . 107

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (trucks, overhead) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-39 . . . . . . . . . 109

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (trucks, ground-mounted) . . . . . . . . Rb-39A . . . . . . . 109

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (length-based, overhead) . . . . . . . . . Rb-40 . . . . . . . . . 110

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (length-based, ground-mounted) . . Rb-40A . . . . . . . 110

BEGINS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-184t . . . . . . . 110

ENDS (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-185t . . . . . . . 111

MAXIMUM TONNES Sign (single gross weight) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-63 . . . . . . . . . 112

MAXIMUM TONNES Sign (differentiated by truck type) . . . . . . . . . Rb-63A . . . . . . . 114

LOAD RESTRICTION IN EFFECT Sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-76 . . . . . . . . . 115

CLASS B ROAD Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-77 . . . . . . . . . 116

TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTION STATION

WHEN LIGHTS FLASHING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-96 . . . . . . . . . 117

VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNES MUST HAVE

VALID TRANSPONDER Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-97 . . . . . . . . . 119

11.2 Dangerous Goods Carrier Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE Sign (symbol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-82 . . . . . . . . . 121

DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-82t . . . . . . . . 121

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 9: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 20008

NO DANGEROUS GOODS Sign (symbol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-83 . . . . . . . . . 123

DANGEROUS GOODS CARRIERS PROHIBITED (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . Rb-83t . . . . . . . . 123

11.3 Control of Other Specific Vehicle Classes Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

SCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-89 . . . . . . . . . 124

NO TRACTORS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-60 . . . . . . . . . 125

BICYCLE ROUTE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-69 . . . . . . . . . 126

NO BICYCLES Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-67 . . . . . . . . . 128

NO PEDESTRIANS OR BICYCLES Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-68 . . . . . . . . . 129

SNOWMOBILE ROUTE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-64 . . . . . . . . . 130

NO SNOWMOBILES Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-65 . . . . . . . . . 131

12. Supplementary Traffic Signal Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

NO RIGHT TURN ON RED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-79R . . . . . . . . 132

NO LEFT TURN ON RED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-79L . . . . . . . . 133

STOP HERE ON RED SIGNAL Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-78 . . . . . . . . . 134

ADVANCED GREEN WHEN FLASHING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-80 . . . . . . . . . 135

LEFT-TURN SIGNAL Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-81 . . . . . . . . . 136

13. Regulatory Construction Traffic Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS/ENDS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-90A, Rb-90B 137

YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-91 . . . . . . . . . 139

ROAD CLOSED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-92 . . . . . . . . . 141

14. Community Safety Zone Signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-9 . . . . . . . . . . 142

CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS/ENDS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-84TA, Rb-84TB143

15. Off-roadway Facility Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

Off-roadway Facility Control Signs (To be added in next version of Book 5)

16. Miscellaneous Control Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 10: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 9

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

WALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFIC Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-1 . . . . . . . . . . 146

NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-2 . . . . . . . . . . 147

VEHICLES WITH LUGS PROHIBITED Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-3 . . . . . . . . . . 148

NO LITTERING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-4 . . . . . . . . . . 149

MAXIMUM FINE FOR LITTERING (Tab Sign) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-4t . . . . . . . . . 149

NO LITTERING AND MAXIMUM FINE FOR LITTERING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-4A . . . . . . . . . 149

NO IN-LINE SKATING Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-10 . . . . . . . . . 150

KEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-11 . . . . . . . . . 151

NO PEDESTRIANS Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-12 . . . . . . . . . 152

FASTEN SEAT BELT Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-13 . . . . . . . . . 152

COMPULSORY TAB Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rc-13t . . . . . . . . 153

17. Signs Renumbered, Added or Proposed for Relocation to Other Books . . . 154

17.1 Signs Renumbered or Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

17.2 Signs Proposed for Relocation to Other Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ra-11 . . . . . . . . . 155

PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD Sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rb-30 . . . . . . . . . 155

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157

Appendix A • Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

Appendix B • References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

List of Tables

Table 1 – Regulatory Signs Requiring High Intensity Sheeting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Table 2 – Maximum Acceleration Lane and/or Taper Length for YIELD Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Table 3 – Standard Abbreviations for Days of Week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Table 4 – Maximum One-way Volumes for Rb-91 Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Table 5 – Placement of Rb-91 Upstream of Lane Closure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

Table 6 – Signs Proposed for Relocation from Book 5 to Other OTM Books . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 11: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200010

Table7 – Signs Renumbered or Added . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

List of Figures

Figure 1 – Road Classifications for Sign Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Figure 2 – Typical Locations of STOP Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Figure 3 – Typical Signs and Markings for Pedestrian Crossovers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Figure 4 – Speed Limit Control Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Figure 5 – Typical Locations of Turn Control Signs (At Unsignalized Intersections) . . . . . . . . . 50

Figure 6 – Typical Locations of ONE-WAY Signs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52

Figure 7 – Applications of Signs at Continuous Wide Median

(With or Without Left-turn Lanes) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Figure 8 – Typical Application of DO NOT ENTER/WRONG WAY Signs and

Pavement Arrow Placement on Freeway Exit Ramps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Figure 9 – End Protection for Raised or Depressed Safety Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Figure 10 – Location of KEEP RIGHT Sign at Signalized Urban Intersection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

Figure 11 – Two-lane Highway with Added Truck

Climbing Lane or Passing Lane (Single Direction) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Figure 12 – Two-lane Highway with Added Truck Climbing or Passing Lane (Both Directions) . . 75

Figure 13 – Placement of Ground-mounted Turn Lane

Designation Signs for Double Right Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Figure 14 – Placement of Ground-mounted Turn Lane

Designation Signs for Double Left Turns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Figure 15 – Placement of Ground-mounted Turn Lane

Designation Signs for Centre Lane Optional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85

NOTE: A training package is available separately. For more information, contact:

Ministry of Transportation Traffic Office301 St. Paul Street, 2nd FloorSt. Catharines, OntarioL2R 7R4 Telephone: (905) 704-2960

Section Number – Subject or Sign Message Sign PageNumber Number

Page 12: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 11

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

1. Introduction

Book 5 (Regulatory Signs) is one of a series ofvolumes that makes up the Ontario Traffic Manual(OTM). Book 5 addresses the selection andapplication of regulatory signs. It should be read inconjunction with Book 1 (Introduction to the OntarioTraffic Manual) and its appendices, which containconsiderable essential information about thefundamental principles and policies behind thedesign and application of traffic control signs,signals, markings and delineation devices.

Book 5 is not intended to provide sufficient detailedinformation to allow the design, fabrication andinstallation of individual signs. For these purposes,reference should be made to Book 1b (Sign DesignPrinciples), Book 2 (Sign Patterns and Fabrication)and Book 3 (Sign Support and Installation).

Other Books in the OTM series provide practicalguidance on a full range of traffic control devicesand their application. A complete listing of theplanned and currently available volumes, as well asthe tables of contents for all Books and an illustratedmaster index, is found in Book 1.

1.1 Application of Regulatory Signs

Regulatory signs are intended to instruct road userson what they must or should do (or not do) under agiven set of circumstances. The term regulatorysign describes a range of signs that are used toindicate or reinforce traffic laws, regulations orrequirements which apply either at all times or atspecified times or places upon a street or highway,the disregard of which may constitute a violation.

The regulatory signs described in this Book havedifferent levels of legal status, enforcement regimeand penalties for violation, depending on theirindividual governing authority. Some signs areenforceable directly under specific sections of theHighway Traffic Act (HTA) or other legislation, othersunder more general provisions of the HTA and itsRegulations and still others only under duly enactedmunicipal by-laws. Some of the regulatory signs inthis Book are not directly enforceable themselvesbut are used to reinforce regulatory conditionscontained in legislation, such as HTA Part X (Rulesof the Road). A final group of signs is notenforceable at all.

The term “prescribed signs” refers to signs describedin HTA Regulations, while the term “official signs”refers to signs not included in the HTA Regulations,but approved by the Ministry of Transportation ofOntario and appearing in the Ontario Traffic Manual.The official definitions for these terms, as theyappear in the Introduction to the Ontario TrafficManual, are as follows:

• Prescribed SignsThe Highway Traffic Act (HTA), Section 182(R.S.O. 1990), provides for the regulation ofvarious signs, their type and location on theroadway. The criteria and specifications forapplications, dimensions, location and orientationare prescribed and illustrated under Regulations615, 608, 581 and 599 (R.R.O. 1990) and areindicated as such in this Manual. Signs installed inaccordance with the Regulations, and pursuant tothe Highway Traffic Act, are enforceable undervarious provisions of the Act. Enforcement ispermitted under the particular section under theauthority of which a prescribed sign may beinstalled to indicate a traffic regulation, or HTASection 182 (R.S.O. 1990), which requiresobedience to prescribed signs.

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Page 13: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200012

• Official SignsUnder the Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 1.(1),Paragraph 26 (R.S.O. 1990), official signs are anysigns approved by the Ministry of Transportationof Ontario (MTO). Official signs are required to beused under certain sections of the Highway TrafficAct which become effective on the use of anofficial sign (for example, HTA Sections 153 and154(c) (R.S.O. 1990)). Such signs are enforceableonly under the particular provisions of theHighway Traffic Act which apply to their use.Contained in the Manual are signs which wouldbe approved for use under these provisions.

In many cases, regulatory signs are essential toindicate the applicability of legal requirements thatwould not otherwise be apparent to the motorist(e.g., speed limits, turn restrictions, parkingrestrictions). Due care must be exercised to ensurethat they are installed wherever needed to fulfil thispurpose, in accordance with the prescribed locationcriteria, and mounted so as to be easily visible to themotorist. The message on the sign must clearlyindicate the requirements imposed by theregulation.

To aid the users of this Manual, where applicable,reference is made to the appropriate section of theHTA or regulation, which provides the legal authorityfor that sign. It must be noted that this reference isan indication only, and is not intended to be adefinitive listing. Legal advice should be soughtwhenever dealing with matters of legal authority. Allapplicable references to the HTA or other Ontariolegislation and regulations in this Book refer to theRevised Statutes of Ontario (R.S.O.) 1990 andRevised Regulations of Ontario (R.R.O.) 1990.

In order to retain the public credibility of all trafficcontrol devices, unnecessary restrictions should beavoided. Signs that have been installed but are nolonger applicable must be removed. All regulations

indicated by the signs should be actively enforced.Otherwise, no matter how effectively the signs maybe designed and placed, the desired results may notbe obtained.

The type of regulatory signing used and the signsize are impacted by the classification of highway orroad to which the signs apply. For determining signtype, road classifications used in the OTM are shownin Figure 1 and defined in Appendix A (Definitions).For determining sign size, the following three speedranges have been adopted:

(1) Speed limits of 60 km/h or lower;

(2) Speed limits of 70 or 80 km/h; and

(3) Speed limits of 90 km/h or higher.

Where various sign sizes are shown in the OTM, thebase or standard sign size is recommended as theminimum sign size. It is typically the sign size thatwill apply for the lowest speed range. Wherespecific sign sizes are recommended for the otherspeed ranges, they should also be regarded asminimum sizes for those speeds. For some signdesigns, only one or two sign sizes are shown. Inthis case, two or more of the three speed ranges arecombined into one. Where, in the trafficpractitioner’s judgement, it is felt that therecommended minimum size is too small, and/orgreater emphasis is needed, a larger sign size maybe used. More information on sign size is providedin Book 1b (Sign Design Principles).

It should be noted that not all possible regulatorysigns have been documented in this edition ofBook 5. A number of additional signs currently inuse in various jurisdictions in Ontario and acrossCanada have already been identified for possibleinclusion in future editions of the Manual. It isanticipated that these and possibly other signs will

Page 14: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 13

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

be referred to the Ontario Traffic Manual Committee,which is being formed to consider and recommendadditions and changes to Book 5 and all other Booksof the OTM on a continuing basis.

Where French language or bilingual versions ofsigns are available, they have not been illustrated inBook 5, but are contained in Book 2 (Sign Patternsand Fabrication).

1.2 Classification of Regulatory Signs

Regulatory signs are classified into the followingthree sub-classes. Each sign has been assigned aunique reference number within that sub-class:

(1) Sub-class Ra, Right-of-Way Control Signs,described in Book 5, Section 2 to 4.

This sub-class contains those signs whichcontrol the right-of-way of vehicles and/orpedestrians, including:

• Vehicular stop and yield control;

• Pedestrian crossings within intersections;and

• Designated pedestrian crossovers.

(2) Sub-class Rb, Road Use Control Signs,described in Book 5, Sections 5 to 13.

This sub-class contains those signs whichindicate the permitted or prohibited use of astreet or highway by all vehicles or by class orclasses of vehicle, including:

• Speed control;

• Turn control;

(including other multi-lanecontrolled access highways)

For some types of signing, urban andrural freeways are treated the same way

Typically includes:– multi-lane expressways

with at-grade intersections– major urban roads and streets– local streets

Where further distinctions aremade between these categories,the context and discussion undereach device usually makes this clear

Typically includes:– non-freeway King's Highways– rural regional roads– rural county roads– rural local roads

Non-freeways

RuralUrbanUrban Rural

Freeways

Typically includes:– main roadways with more

than 2 lanes– high traffic volumes– closely spaced interchanges– roadway and interchange lighting– 3 or more interchanges

serving major cityMay require reduction of non-essential signs; advance signs closerto interchanges; overhead and/ordiagrammatic signs

Typically includes:– longer interchange

spacing– high speed traffic– sign placement

for maximumconspicuity

Figure 1 – Road Classification for Sign Types

Page 15: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200014

• One-way traffic control;

• Two-way and multi-lane traffic control;

• Lane designation;

• Parking control;

• Specific vehicle class control;

• Traffic signals supplementary signs; and

• Construction zone traffic control.

(3) Sub-class Rc, Miscellaneous Control Signs,described in Book 5, Sections 14 and 15.

This sub-class includes those signs whichindicate regulations not otherwise provided forin Class Ra or Rb, including:

• Miscellaneous pedestrian-related signs;

• Littering;

• Seat belt use; and

• Off-roadway facility control signs (future).

1.3 Design of Regulatory Signs

Except for a few signs, such as the STOP sign, theYIELD sign and the ONE-WAY sign, regulatory signsare rectangular in shape, often with the longerdimension in the vertical direction. They generallycontain a black, red and/or green legend on a whitebackground.

The design of regulatory signs has evolved over along period of time and has been undertaken with agreat deal of care and attention to detail with regardto shape, dimensions, font, letter height andspacing, symbol design and colour. These design

parameters have considerable effect on the driver’sability to notice, read, understand and react to thesign while travelling, particularly in a complexdriving environment. Signs must therefore befabricated as described in the detailed patternscontained in Book 2.

Due to the need for uniform application acrossOntario, it is not expected that the design of newregulatory signs will be a common occurrence. Ifthe need for a new sign does emerge, it must bedesigned in accordance with the specifications setout in Book 1 (Sections 2.5 and 5.12) and Book 1b.

Minimum overall dimensions for each sign arepresented in the following sections of this Book. Ineach case, the smaller dimension is stated first. Thisconvention follows the current practice forspecifying sign blanks and other aspects of signdesign and fabrication. Where conditions requireincreased visibility or where the required text orsymbols cannot be adequately accommodated,larger signs should be considered. When largersigns are used, all dimensions must be increasedproportionately (see Highway Traffic Act, Regulation615, Section 44). In some cases, specific sign sizerecommendations are made in this Book tocorrespond with particular speed or other roadoperating characteristics.

For a more rigorous analysis of sign size, the OTMuser may decide to calculate required letter heightor symbol size from first principles. Section 7 ofBook 1b provides step-by-step instructions on howto perform this type of calculation. For each sign inBook 5, font type and letter height for the illustratedsign size are indicated, to enable the user toperform the Book 1b calculations.

For information on factors such as message length,required driver response, or complexity of drivingenvironment that influence sign design anddecisions regarding appropriate sign size selection,reference should be made to Book 1b.

Page 16: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 15

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

1.4 Reflectivity/Luminance

With the exception of parking control signs locatedin illuminated areas, all regulatory signs are requiredto be reflectorized or internally illuminated so as toshow the same shape, colour and message by nightas by day. It should also be noted that, as of acertain prescribed date (either January 1, 2002 orJanuary 1, 2006 depending on sign), any in-serviceexamples of regulatory signs specified in Table 1must be fabricated using higher grade materialsknown as high intensity sheeting. High intensity

sheeting is required for signs that are critical from asafety standpoint, that is, failure to see or heedthese signs at night could have seriousconsequences.

When high intensity sheeting is required, a minimumsheeting level of Type III or IV must be used, asdetailed in the ASTM (American Society for Testingand Materials) Specification D 4956-95 or itssubsequent revisions. (In Canada, CGSB (CanadianGeneral Standards Board) Specification 62-GP-11Mor its subsequent revisions also specifies reflectivesheeting.) The minimum levels of sheeting required

rebmuNngiS emaNngiS etaDnoitatnemelpmIdebircserP

1-aR ngiSPOTS

2002,1yraunaJ

t1-aR ngiSbaTYAW-LLA

2-aR ngiSDLEIY

evisulcni61-bRhguorht01-bR sngiSLORTNOCNRUT

12-bR ngiSYAW-ENO

91-bR ngiSlobmySRETNETONOD

t91-bR ngiSbaTRETNETONOD

02-bR ngiSYAWGNORW/RETNETONOD

42-bR ngiSCIFFARTYAW-OWT

*52-bR ngiSTHGIRPEEK

t2-aR ngiSbaTDLEIY

6002,1yraunaJ

13-bR ngiSSSAPTONOD

63-bR ngiSCIFFARTGNISOPPOOTENALERTNECDLEIY

19-bR ngiSCIFFARTGNIMOCNOOTDLEIY

29-bR ngiSDESOLCDAOR

.yllanretniroyllanretxedetanimullitonfidnasnoitautisniatrecniylnO*

Table 1 – Regulatory Signs Requiring High Intensity Sheeting

Page 17: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200016

on various regulatory sign types, with effectivedates, are set out in Book 5, as part of thedescription for each sign. (See Book 1b for furtherbackground on retroreflective sheeting andillumination.)

1.5 Location

Regulatory signs shall normally be located inaccordance with Section 12 (Sign Position) of Book1b. However, specific or additional requirements forcertain regulatory signs may pre-empt or revisedirections or specifications prescribed under thegeneral standards in Book 1b. Such deviations orexceptions from the Book 1b locationprinciples are noted in this Book under theheading “Location Criteria” for the respectivesigns to which they apply. If for a given sign,exceptions are not noted under this heading,the Book 1b location principles apply.

1.6 Supplementary Flashing Beacons

Red or amber flashing beacons may sometimes berequired to draw the driver’s attention to thepresence of a regulatory sign, (e.g., a STOP or YIELDsign, a KEEP RIGHT or SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUMSPEED WHEN FLASHING sign), particularly whenvisibility distance is reduced due to severe roadwaygeometry, or other circumstances are present whichsuggest that greater emphasis is required.

The use of flashing beacons should be restricted toonly critical situations, in order to ensure that theirimpact is not lost due to overuse or to ensure thatthey do not become a distraction to the driver. A redflashing beacon is only used in conjunction with aSTOP sign.

Further information on the correct use of flashingbeacons may be found in OTM Book 12 (TrafficSignals) in the section entitled “Flashing BeaconSignals.”

1.7 Dynamic Sign Technologies

Recent advances in technology have resulted in thecapability to display messages to the driver throughthe use of dynamic or variable display signs. Ingeneral, these signs are not appropriate for use indisplaying regulatory type messages, as it is difficultto ensure a consistent and reliable display, inaccordance with the text and graphics requirementsof the Regulations or by-laws. At the present time,no provision is made in the Regulations fordisplaying such messages as variable speed limits.

Certain specific applications of dynamic signtechnologies are permitted in the HTA (see HighwayTraffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 49). Whereregulations such as turn restrictions or lanedesignations take effect only during specific hours,it may be desirable under some circumstances toinstall dynamic signs which may be changed toshow a different display at different times of day ordays of the week. Typically, such signs employ a dotor disc matrix construction (fibre optic or lightemitting diode) or louvers or shutters to modify thedisplay. Where such signs are employed, they arerequired to be legible to drivers only during theprescribed hours of operation and to comply asnearly as practicable with the prescribed design anddimensions.

A full discussion of the design and application ofdynamic signs may be found in OTM Book 10(Changeable Message Signs). Further informationon the application of such signs within anautomated traffic management or control systemmay be found in OTM Book 19 (Advanced TrafficManagement Systems).

Page 18: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 17

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

2. STOP Sign

Ra-1 60 cm x 60 cmRa-101 75 cm x 75 cmRa-1101 120 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Red Reflective

ALL-WAY Tab Sign

10

Ra-1t 15 cm x 30 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Legend & Border – Red Reflective

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Where no traffic control device is present at anintersection of two roadways, the basic rules of theroad apply. The Highway Traffic Act assigns priorityto vehicles already within the intersection or, in theevent two or more vehicles are approaching theintersection at approximately the same time, the Actrequires the driver on the left to yield to the vehicle

on the right. A number of traffic control devices areavailable to assist in the allocation of right-of-waybetween vehicles in an intersection, increasing inlevel of control from a YIELD sign to a STOP sign upto full traffic signal control.

The purpose of the STOP sign is to clearly assignright-of-way between vehicles approaching anintersection from different directions when trafficsignals are not warranted or not yet installed and ithas been determined that a YIELD sign isinadequate. The STOP sign requires the driver tostop the vehicle before entering the intersection,yield to any traffic in or approaching the intersectionand then proceed when safe to do so.

The introduction of STOP sign control can reducethe frequency of certain types of collision (e.g. right-angle or turning), but also results in delay tomotorists and may increase some other types ofcollision (e.g., rear-end). STOP signs should,therefore, not be used indiscriminately.

STOP signs must not be used on the same approachto an intersection where traffic control signals areoperating, as the conflicting commands of twotypes of control devices would be confusing.

Portable or part-time STOP signs must not be usedexcept in emergency or temporary situations, suchas in conjunction with Traffic Control Persons or atintersections where traffic signals are inoperative.

STOP signs are not intended to be used as speedcontrol devices. Their usage should be limited to thecontrol of right-of-way conflicts.

In general, STOP signs should only be used wheretraffic engineering studies considering such factorsas traffic speeds, traffic volumes, restricted sightlines and collision experience, indicate that the useof STOP signs is warranted.

Page 19: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200018

Sign Types

The standard size STOP sign (Ra-1), is theminimum size permitted, and may generally be usedwhere the posted speed is 60 km/h or less.

The oversize STOP sign (Ra-101) should be usedwhere the posted speed is 70 km/h or greater. Thissign may also be installed at lower speed locationswhere the prevailing traffic conditions warrantgreater visibility or emphasis, for example incomplex visual environments where many signs andother devices compete for driver attention or at hightraffic volume locations where drivers mustconcentrate more on the driving task.

Specific situations where the oversize STOP sign(Ra-101) must be used include:

• At the junction of two King’s Highways in ruralareas;

• At the junction of any public road with a King’sHighway in rural areas;

• At the junction of two major County or Regionalroads; or

• At freeway exit ramp terminals not controlled bytraffic signals.

The special oversize STOP sign (Ra-1101) maybe used in locations where two relatively majorroads (e.g., King’s Highway, Regional or CountyRoads) intersect, particularly in high speed rurallocations where such an intersection may beunexpected, and at other locations where specialemphasis is required.

In addition to the STOP sign, there are a number ofother supplementary traffic control devices whichmay be considered, to provide added emphasis inselected circumstances.

On paved roads, the STOP sign may besupplemented with a stop line. For information onappropriate pavement markings, reference shouldbe made to Book 11 (Markings and Delineation).

Where the presiding road authority has determinedthat an all-way stop (see below) is required, theSTOP signs should be supplemented with anALL-WAY tab sign (Ra-1t) directly below the STOPsign. The use of the TWO-WAY tab sign found inearlier editions of the MUTCD is not recommended,as it is ambiguous and could lead to confusion.Consistency and uniformity throughout Ontario inthis practice will help distinguish all-way stopsituations from conventional stop control, andfacilitate driver understanding of what is required ineach case.

Where necessary for increased emphasis, asupplementary red flashing beacon may be usedto reinforce a STOP sign. Such flashing beaconsmay be installed overhead, within the intersectionproper, or mounted directly above the STOP signitself. For information regarding flashing beacons,refer to Book 12 (Traffic Signals).

In cases of restricted visibility or other specialconditions affecting the STOP sign, a STOP AHEADsign (Wb-1) may be required or recommended. Forinformation regarding STOP AHEAD signs, refer toBook 6 (Warning Signs), Section 6.

Guidelines for Use

Stop Control

Where traffic signals are not warranted or installed,or are warranted but have not yet been installed,STOP signs should be considered as follows:

STOP signs must be used:

• At the intersection of two King’s Highways; and

Page 20: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 19

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

• At the intersection of a County or Regional roadwith a King’s Highway in a rural area.

The use of STOP signs should be considered:

• At the intersection of a County or Regional roadwith a King’s Highway in a built-up area;

• At the intersection of a city street or townshiproad with a King’s Highway;

• At the intersection of a minor street or road with athrough street or highway;

• At unsignalized intersections in a signalized area,except where they would interfere with trafficsignal progression;

• At intersections where the application of thenormal right hand rule or yield control would beunduly hazardous; and

• At intersections which have experienced a recordof collisions of the type which are susceptible tocorrection by STOP control (see stop collisionwarrant below).

Stop Collision Warrant

STOP sign control may be warranted where three ormore right angle or turning collisions per year haveoccurred over a period of three years and methodsof reducing the collision experience, such as sightline improvements, street lighting, parkingprohibitions, enforcement, geometric revisions, orYIELD sign controls, have been tried or considered,and found to be inadequate.

All-way Stop Controls

In some circumstances, it may be appropriate toinstall STOP signs on all approaches to anintersection. This results in an all-way stop condition.All-way STOP sign controls disrupt the flow of traffic

and introduce delays to all drivers within theintersection and should only be considered at theintersection of two relatively equal roadways havingsimilar traffic volume demand and operatingcharacteristics (see minimum volume warrantsbelow). The approaches should be directly opposing(i.e., not offset), should preferably approach at rightangles (i.e., no skewed approaches) and have anequal number of lanes.

All-way stop controls should be considered onlyunder the following situations:

• As an interim measure, where traffic controlsignals are warranted but cannot be implementedimmediately. For information on traffic signalcontrol, refer to Book 12 (Traffic Signals);

• At locations having a high collision frequencywhere less restrictive measures have been triedand found inadequate (see all-way stop collisionwarrant below); or

• As a means of providing a transition period toaccustom drivers to a change in intersection right-of-way control from one direction to another.Installation under this warrant must be inconformance with the Amendment of IntersectionControl, discussed under Special Considerations atthe end of Section 2.

All-way Stop Minimum Volume Warrant(Arterial and Major Roads)

All-way stop control may be considered on majorroads where the following conditions are met:

• The total vehicle volume on all intersectionapproaches exceeds 500 vehicles per hour foreach of any eight hours of the day;

Page 21: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200020

• The combined vehicular and pedestrian volume onthe minor street exceeds 200 units per hour (allvehicles plus pedestrians wishing to enter theintersection) for each of the same eight hours,with an average delay to traffic on the minorstreet (either vehicles or pedestrians wishing toenter the intersection) of greater than 30 seconds;and

• The volume split does not exceed 70/30. Volumeon the major street is defined as vehicles only.Volume on the minor street includes all vehiclesplus any pedestrians wishing to cross the majorroadway.

All-way Stop MinimumVolume Warrant (Minor Roads)

All-way stop control may be considered on minorroads where the following conditions are met:

• Total vehicle volume on all intersectionapproaches exceeds 350 for the highest hourrecorded; and

• Volume split does not exceed 75/25 for three-way control or 65/35 for four-way control.Volume is defined as vehicles only.

All-way Stop Collision Warrant

For the purposes of this warrant, a high accidentfrequency is an average of four collisions per yearover a three-year period. Only those accidentssusceptible to relief through multi-way stop controlmust be considered (i.e., right angle and turningtype collisions).

Included in this warrant are those locations wherevisibility problems exist which limit the safe approachspeed to less than 15 km/h, thereby creating anunreasonable accident potential. Special advancewarning or overhead flashing lights may benecessary to augment the control if vertical orhorizontal alignment is a factor.

Inappropriate Use of All-way Stop Control

All-way stop controls should not be used under thefollowing conditions:

• Where the protection of pedestrians, schoolchildren in particular, is a prime concern. Thisconcern can usually be addressed by othermeans;

• As a speed control device;

• On roads where progressive signal timing exists;

• On roads within urban areas having a postedspeed limit in excess of 60 km/h;

• At intersections that are not roundabouts havingless than three, or more than four, approaches;

• At intersections that are offset, poorly defined orgeometrically substandard;

• On truck or bus routes, except in an industrial areaor where two such routes cross;

• On multi-lane approaches where a parked orstopped vehicle on the right will obscure theSTOP sign;

• Where traffic would be required to stop ongrades;

• As a means of deterring the movement of throughtraffic in a residential area;

Page 22: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 21

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

• Where visibility of the sign is hampered by curvesor grades, and insufficient safe stopping distanceexists; or

• Where any other traffic device controlling right-of-way is permanently in place within 250 m, withthe exception of a YIELD sign.

Location Criteria

A STOP sign must be installed in accordance withthe Regulations in order to be effective andenforceable.

The STOP sign must be installed on the right side ofthe roadway, facing traffic, no closer than 1.5 m andno further than 15 m from the edge of theintersecting roadway, unless it is clearly notpracticable to locate the STOP sign closer to theintersection.

Within a city, town, village, police village or built-uparea, the left edge of the STOP sign must be nomore than 2 m from the edge of the roadway. Inother (rural) areas, the left edge must be no morethan 4 m and no less than 2 m from the edge ofthe roadway.

On divided highways and one-way roadways withvisibility problems, a supplementary STOP signshould be installed on the left side of the roadway.

Where one roadway intersects another roadway atan acute angle, the STOP sign on the intersectingroadway should be turned or shielded so thatmotorists travelling on the higher priority roadwaycannot read it.

Typical locations of STOP signs are illustrated inFigure 2.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 136 and 137 (R.S.O.1990) (STOP Sign).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 6 to8, and Regulations 623 and 624 (R.R.O. 1990)(STOP Sign).

On roadways under the jurisdiction of a municipality,a municipal by-law is required before the STOP signbecomes enforceable.

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 10(R.R.O. 1990) (ALL-WAY Tab Sign).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The signs must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2002.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the datesindicated.

Special Considerations

Amendment of Intersection Right-of-way Control

Where right-of-way is being reassigned from oneroadway to another crossing roadway, through theelimination of an existing STOP sign control and theinstallation of STOP sign control on the previouslyuncontrolled roadway, an introductory period isrequired to safely carry out the transition.

The recommended procedure for completing such areversal is described below. For information on thewarning signs noted in the procedure, referenceshould be made to Book 6 (Warning Signs).

Page 23: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200022

2 - 4 m

MINIMUM 1.5 mMAXIMUM 15 m

MA

XIM

UM

15

m

MINIMUM 30 cm

SIDEWALK

MARKED ORUNMARKED CROSSWALK

MINIMUM 1.5 mMAXIMUM 15 m

2 - 4 m

2 m MAXIMUM

MINIMUM 1.5 mMAXIMUM 15 m

MINIMUM 1.5 mMAXIMUM 15 m

2 - 4 m

URBAN RURAL

MAJOR ROAD

MIN

OR

R

OA

D

2 mMAXIMUM

MINIMUM 1.5 mMAXIMUM 15 m(PREFERABLY NOTEXCEEDING 4.5 m )

Figure 2 – Typical Locations of STOP Sign

Page 24: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 23

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

(1) Install new STOP signs on the previouslyuncontrolled approaches along with stop linesand crosswalk markings, if required. OversizeSTOP signs and/or additional left sideinstallations may be provided whereconditions warrant. Install ALL-WAY tabs on allapproaches. A painted “stop” legend on theroadway, in advance of the stop line, may beadded for additional emphasis.

Install a 90 cm x 90 cm CROSS TRAFFICDOES NOT STOP sign (Wa-19), on the newlycontrolled roadway, in advance of the STOPsign. This is the standard size of sign. A largersize sign may be used where prevailing trafficconditions warrant greater visibility oremphasis, e.g., in complex visualenvironments where many signs and otherdevices compete for driver attention.

Install a NEW sign (Wb-3) above, and anAFTER (month and day) tab sign (Wa-19t)below, in black letters on a yellowretroreflective background, stating the datethat the old control will be removed. Thewarning sign’s position should be such that itdoes not block the approaching motorist’sview of the STOP sign but commandsattention and may be read as the driverapproaches the stop line. A locationapproximately 30 m in advance of the stopline is recommended, in low speedapplications.

Install a STOP AHEAD (Wb-1) sign, with NEWsign (Wb-3) above, at the proper location inadvance of the intersection on the newlycontrolled approaches. An oversize STOPAHEAD sign, and a STOP AHEAD roadwaymarking legend may be provided for additionalwarning where conditions warrant.

(2) After at least 15 days, remove the STOPAHEAD signs, if any, the STOP signs, stop linesand any crosswalk lines from the previouslycontrolled roadway. Remove the ALL-WAYtabs from all approaches. Remove the NEWsigns attached to the CROSS TRAFFIC DOESNOT STOP signs (Wa-19), and the STOPAHEAD signs. Remove the Wa-19t tabs. Anyroadway marking legends, if provided, shouldbe allowed to fade and not be replenishedunless local conditions warrant the continuedprovision of this additional warning.

(3) After an additional period of at least 15 days,the Wa-19 signs should be removed. Anyoversize STOP signs may now be replacedwith standard sized signs unless the continuedadditional emphasis is warranted. STOPAHEAD signs should be reduced from oversizeto standard size or removed if their continuedpresence is unwarranted.

Where an existing all-way stop control is to beremoved and a through roadway created, thefollowing procedure is recommended:

(1) Install 90 cm x 90 cm diamond-shapedwarning signs bearing the legend CROSSTRAFFIC DOES NOT STOP (Wa-19) in blackletters on a yellow retroreflective background,on the approaches where the STOP control isto remain, at least 15 days before the removalof control.

Install a NEW sign (Wb-3) over the sign andan AFTER (month and day) tab sign (Wa-19t)with black text on a yellow retroreflectivebackground, stating the date when the controlon the crossing roadway will be removed.

Page 25: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200024

(2) On the appointed date, remove the STOPAHEAD signs, if any, on the crossing roadway.Remove the STOP signs, stop lines and anycrosswalk lines on these approaches. Removeall of the ALL-WAY tabs at the intersection.Remove the Wa-19t tabs from the warningsigns.

(3) After an additional period of at least 15 days,the NEW signs and Wa-19 signs should beremoved.

In all cases information regarding the change inright-of-way control should be publicized via localprint and electronic media, particularly using radiostations which provide traffic coverage in commuterareas. Local residents should be advised of therevisions, and law enforcement agencies requestedto provide stepped up enforcement and morefrequent patrols of the location. Advance notificationshould also be provided to local ambulanceservices, transit authorities, bus companies, taxicompanies and trucking firms known to use theintersection frequently.

Any actual removal or revision of the control at anintersection should occur prior to the start of themorning peak on the specified date, both topreserve the integrity of the Wa-19t tab messageand to permit the revision to take place during aperiod of reduced demand.

3. YIELD Sign

Ra-2 75 cmRa-102 90 cm

Font N/AColour Legend – Red Reflective

Background – White Reflective

YIELD Tab Sign

1015

Ra-2t 22.5 cm x 45 cmRa-102t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Red Reflective

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the YIELD sign is to regulate right-of-way control.

A YIELD sign can be an effective control device atintersections, roundabouts or where necessary attraffic circles, if it is found that:

• The normal right-of-way rule does not providesafe, convenient and efficient traffic movement;and

Page 26: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 25

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

• A stop regulation at one or more of theapproaches is too restrictive.

Vehicles approaching the sign must yield the right-of-way at the intersection to oncoming vehicles onthe priority road, and at the roundabout or trafficcircle to vehicles inside the facility, stopping ifnecessary.

Sign Types

The standard size YIELD sign (Ra-2) should beused where posted speed is 60 km/h or less.

The oversize YIELD sign (Ra-102) should be usedwhere posted speed is 70 km/h or greater. This signmay also be installed at lower speed locations whereprevailing traffic conditions warrant greater visibilityor emphasis, e.g., in complex visual environmentswhere many signs and other devices compete fordriver attention, or at high traffic volume locationswhere drivers must concentrate more on the drivingtask.

The educational tab signs (Ra-2t, Ra-102t) maybe used where it has been determined that motoristsare still unfamiliar with the meaning of the symbol.Motorist familiarity can be assessed according tofactors such as collision experience, incidences ofnear-collisions, observation and presence of similarsigns in the area.

If an educational tab sign is required, the standardsize tab sign (Ra-2t) should be used with thestandard size YIELD sign (Ra-2), and the oversizetab sign (Ra-102t) should be used with theoversize YIELD sign (Ra-102).

In cases of restricted visibility or other specialconditions affecting the YIELD sign, a YIELDAHEAD sign (Wb-1A) may be required orrecommended. For information regarding YIELDAHEAD signs, refer to Book 6 (Warning Signs),Section 6.

Guidelines for Use

Before using a YIELD sign as a substitute for thenormal right-of-way rule or for a STOP sign,consideration must be given to its suitability inrelation to traffic volume, speed, sight distancealong the main road onto which vehicles merge,and collision record of the intersection related toright-of-way control.

The use of a YIELD sign should be considered underthe following circumstances:

(1) On a minor road approaching its intersectionwith a major road, where:

• Right-of-way control is required for the majorroad;

• Stopping on the minor road is not alwaysrequired; and

• The safe approach speed on the minor roadexceeds 15 km/h;

(2) Within an intersection of a road with a dividedhighway, where:

• There is a STOP sign approaching theintersection with the roadway upstream ofthe median;

• Further control is necessary at the approachto the intersection of the roadwaydownstream of the median; and

• Where the median width exceeds 10 m;

(3) At each approach to a roundabout to provideright-of-way to vehicles on the roundabout;

(4) On an entrance ramp to a freeway orexpressway, where the acceleration lane ortaper is less than specified in Table 2 below; or

Page 27: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200026

(5) Where there is a separate or channelized right-turn lane, and the acceleration lane or taper isless than specified in Table 2 below.

YIELD signs should not be used for the followingapplications:

(1) To control the major flow of traffic at anintersection;

(2) At an intersection of a County or RegionalRoad with a King’s Highway, so as to provideuniformity of driver expectancy on majorhighways;

(3) On more than two opposing approaches of anintersecting street or highway;

(4) At an intersection where there are STOP signson one or more approaches except, underspecial circumstances, to provide minormovement control within complexintersections, e.g., a divided highway;

(5) On the through roadway of freeways orexpressways; or

(6) On entrance ramps at well designedinterchanges, because the sign wouldinterfere with the free merging movement ofvehicles.

Location Criteria

The YIELD sign must be installed on the right side ofthe roadway, facing traffic, no closer than 1.5 m andno further than 15 m from the edge of theintersecting roadway, unless it is clearly notpracticable to locate the YIELD sign closer to theintersection.

Within a city, town, village, police village or built-uparea, the left edge of the YIELD sign must be nomore than 1.5 m from the edge of the roadway. Inother (rural) areas, the left edge must be no morethan 4 m and no less than 1.5 m from the edge ofthe roadway.

On divided highways and one-way roadways withvisibility problems, a supplementary YIELD signshould be installed on the left side of the roadway.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 138 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 16 to19, and Regulation 631 (R.R.O. 1990) (TerritoryWithout Municipal Organization).

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 135 and 139 (R.S.O.1990) for general rules of yielding.

Table 2 – Maximum AccelerationLane and/or Taper Length for YIELD Signs

deepSdetsoPdaoRhguorhTrof

noitareleccAfohtgneLrepaTro/dnaenaL

h/mk m

05 05

06 06

07 56

08 07

09 08

001 58

011 09

Page 28: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 27

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Ra-2 and Ra-102 must be Type III or Type IV as ofJanuary 1, 2002.

Ra-2t and Ra-102t must be Type III or Type IV as ofJanuary 1, 2006.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the datesindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

4. Pedestrian Crossing Signs

4.1 General Pedestrian Crossing Signs

CROSS ON GREEN LIGHT ONLY Sign

5

Ra-6 30 cm x 45 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

CROSS ON WALK SIGNAL ONLY Sign

5

Ra-7 30 cm x 45 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Page 29: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200028

CROSS ONLY AT CROSSOVER Sign

5

Ra-8 30 cm x 45 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

CROSS OTHER SIDE Sign

5

Ra-9 30 cm x 30 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

20

4.5

Ra-9A 30 cm x 45 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Symbol Sign (WithDirectional Arrow)

Ra-12 13 cm x 20 cm

Font N/AColour Legend – Black

Background – White Reflective

PEDESTRIAN MUST PUSH BUTTONTO RECEIVE WALK SIGNAL Symbol Sign

Ra-13 45 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of pedestrian crossing signs is toregulate and safely direct pedestrians crossingroads.

Pedestrian crossing signs may be used tosupplement traffic signal controls where unusualconditions exist or where specific information needsto be provided. Pedestrian crossing signs may alsobe used to limit pedestrian crossings to safelocations. For example, a Road Authority may electto use pedestrian crossing signs where experiencehas shown that pedestrians interfere with traffic bycrossing against signals, where the length of the

Page 30: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 29

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

pedestrian phase is relatively short, wherepedestrians cross at undesignated locations orwhere the crossing configuration is different thannormal.

For more information on the application ofpedestrian crossing signs in the general context ofpedestrian control and protection, see Book 15(Pedestrian Control and Protection). Book 12 (TrafficSignals) provides further details on pedestriansignals, audible signals and other related topics, andBook 11 (Markings and Delineation) providesinformation on pavement markings at pedestriancrossings.

Sign Types

The CROSS ON GREEN LIGHT ONLY sign (Ra-6)and CROSS ON WALK SIGNAL ONLY sign(Ra-7) are used at signalized intersections. The Ra-6sign is used where there is no pedestrian signalhead.

The CROSS ONLY AT CROSSOVER sign (Ra-8)may be used in areas where it is necessary to limitpedestrian crossings to a safe crossing location.

The CROSS OTHER SIDE sign (Ra-9) orpreferably its symbolic alternate, Ra-9A, must beused where crossings are restricted to one leg of anintersection at a given time. This may be the casewhere there are two adjacent left-turn lanes and it isdesirable to facilitate the vehicle flow by removingthe need for vehicles to yield to pedestrians.

The PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON symbol sign(with directional arrow) and the PEDESTRIANMUST PUSH BUTTON TO RECEIVE WALKSIGNAL sign (Ra-12 and Ra-13) should be usedto indicate to pedestrians that pushbuttons areavailable and should be used for controlling

pedestrian signal indications at traffic signalcontrolled intersections. The pedestrian pushbuttonsinitiate the pedestrian signal phase, and in somecases extend the timing of the pedestrian phase.

The Ra-12 sign is intended for use at thepushbutton, while the Ra-13 is intended to beplaced by the pedestrian signal head on the far sideof the crossing.

Guidelines for Use

The following guidelines refer to pedestrian crossingsigns in general:

• Pedestrian crossing signs are targeted atpedestrians and the application, size andplacement of these signs should take into accountthe requirements of pedestrians, which aredifferent than those of drivers.

• Pedestrian crossings are ordinarily required only inbusiness districts or at signalized intersections innon-business districts.

• Pedestrian signal heads or crossover signing andcrossing pavement markings should be providedat pedestrian crossings.

The Ra-12 PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON symbol sign(with directional arrow) must be used wherepedestrian signal pushbuttons are present, while theRa-13 PEDESTRIAN MUST PUSH BUTTON TORECEIVE WALK SIGNAL symbol sign may be usedwhere research or field studies have shown thatpedestrians are failing to push the pedestrianpushbutton to obtain a walk signal prior to crossingat a signalized intersection.

Page 31: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200030

Location Criteria

Pedestrian crossing signs should be placed on thefar side of the intersection on the traffic signal pole,where pedestrians would normally look to findpedestrian signal heads. Pedestrian crossing signsmust face pedestrians about to cross the road.

On divided roadways, consideration should be givento installing two additional signs, mounted back-to-back on the traffic signal pole in the median, facingpedestrians about to cross in both directions.

The above general location guidelines apply to allpedestrian crossing signs except the CROSS ONLYAT CROSSOVER sign (Ra-8) and the PEDESTRIANPUSHBUTTON symbol sign (with directional arrow)(Ra-12).

The CROSS ONLY AT CROSSOVER sign (Ra-8)should be placed on the far side of the street atlocations where research or field studies haveshown that pedestrians are crossing illegally atunsafe locations.

The PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON symbol sign (withdirectional arrow) (Ra-12) should be placed directlyabove the pushbutton, with the arrow indicating thecrossing to which the sign and button apply.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Signs must besupported by municipal by-law to be enforceable inmunicipalities.

Pedestrians must obey signs where pedestriansignal heads provided (see general rules forpedestrian crossings in Highway Traffic Act,Subsections 144.(22 to 28) (R.S.O. 1990)).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

4.2 Pedestrian Crossover Signs

Ground-mounted and overhead pedestrian crossoversigns are used to indicate the presence of apedestrian crossover, which is a protectedpedestrian crossing at an unsignalized location. Inaddition to the regulatory signs described below,overhead warning signs (Wc-20 and Wc-120) (seeBook 6 (Warning Signs)), flashing amber beaconsand pavement markings are all components ofpedestrian crossovers. For further details onpedestrian crossover installation criteria and how thevarious components comprising a pedestriancrossover are combined, see Book 15 (PedestrianControl and Protection). Until Book 15 is available,refer to Section A-6 (Pedestrian Crossovers) of theOntario Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(MUTCD).

Page 32: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 31

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

PEDESTRIAN X (Crossover) Sign

10

40

Ra-4 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS Tab Sign

10

Ra-4t 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

NO PASSING HERE TO CROSSING Sign

15

10

Ra-10 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend – White ReflectiveBorder – BlackBackground – Red Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Sign

(proposed to be relocated to Book 6 (WarningSigns))

5

Ra-11 17.5 cm x 37.5 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend – Black and Orange

Border – BlackBackground – Yellow

Page 33: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200032

Purpose and Background

The ground-mounted regulatory pedestrian crossoversigns must distinctly indicate to drivers, pedestriansand other road users that a specific portion ofroadway has been designated as a pedestriancrossover. Since pedestrians are especiallyvulnerable at pedestrian crossovers, it is importantthat drivers see and recognize the signs in time torespond in a manner that ensures the safety ofpedestrians. Therefore, the signs have a distinctiveappearance, and the large “X” legend on thePedestrian X sign (Ra-4) has very good legibility.

The larger signs are targeted primarily at drivers, andinstruct drivers on what they must and must not doat pedestrian crossovers: stop for pedestrians and donot pass other vehicles. The smaller PEDESTRIANPUSHBUTTON sign (Ra-11) is for pedestrians andprovides instructions on what they should do if theywish to cross at the pedestrian crossover: push thebutton to activate the flashing beacons, look forvehicles and point to indicate their intention to cross.

Sign Types

The PEDESTRIAN X (Crossover) sign (Ra-4)identifies the presence and location of thepedestrian crossover to drivers, pedestrians andother road users.

The STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS tab sign (Ra-4t) isa mandatory educational tab sign that must beattached below the PEDESTRIAN X (Crossover) sign.

The NO PASSING HERE TO CROSSING sign(Ra-10) prohibits passing within a 30 m stretchupstream of the pedestrian crossover.

The PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON sign (Ra-11)symbolically indicates to pedestrians what they mustdo prior to crossing at the pedestrian crossover.

Guidelines for Use

Since it is critical that drivers notice and respondappropriately to pedestrian crossovers, a certainamount of redundancy is required in the applicationof pedestrian crossover signs. Redundancy isachieved by the following means:

• PEDESTRIAN X (Crossover) signs (Ra-4) must beposted on both sides of the road;

• The STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS tab sign (Ra-4t)must always accompany the Ra-4 sign; and

• The NO PASSING HERE TO CROSSING sign(Ra-10) provides advance warning of theupcoming pedestrian crossover.

Location Criteria

The location of pedestrian crossover signs forvehicles on a two-way road is shown in Figure 3 inthe context of pavement marking locations. TheRa-4 signs together with their Ra-4t tabs must beinstalled back-to-back on each side of the road, toaccommodate each lane and direction of traffic. TheRa-10 sign must be located on the right side of theroadway, facing the approaching traffic in eachdirection, at a point approximately 30 m upstreamof the crossing location.

On a one-way road, the differences from the two-way road installation are as follows:

Page 34: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 33

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

• Signs are only required to face the direction ofapproaching traffic; and

• Ra-10 signs must be installed on both sides of theroadway.

The PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON sign (Ra-11) shouldbe located directly adjacent to the pushbuttonwhich activates the flashing beacons.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 140 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 20.1,20.2, 20.3, 20.7, 20.8, 20.9 and 20.10 (R.R.O.1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

The PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON sign (Ra-11) isproposed to be moved to Book 6 (Warning Signs)before the next version of Book 5 (Regulatory Signs)is released. It is proposed that the sign become awarning sign, rather than a regulatory sign.

Page 35: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200034

Figure 3 – Typical Signs and Markings for Pedestrian Crossovers

NO

T L

ES

S T

HA

N 2

.5 m

WID

E

BA

RS

15

cm T

O 2

0 cm

WID

E A

ND

15

cm T

O 2

0 cm

AP

AR

T

Ra-

4 &

Ra-

4tM

ount

ed B

ack

to B

ack

6 m

30 m

Ra-

10

2.5

m

Ra-

10

Ra-

4 &

Ra-

4tM

OU

NT

ED

BA

CK

TO

BA

CK

30 m

Ra-

10

Ra-

10

STROKE WIDTH OF SOLID OR OUTLINED X IS 30 TO 50 cm. OUTLINED X'S MUSTHAVE A MINIMUM LINE WIDTH OF 10 cm.

Page 36: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 35

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

5. Speed Control Signs

The purpose of speed control signs is to indicate tomotorists the maximum legal speed.

Information on determining maximum speeds andplanning speed zones is provided in Book 14 (SpeedZoning and Speed Controls).

MAXIMUM SPEED Sign

10

30

Rb-1 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

MAXIMUM SPEED Sign with KM/H Included

10

30

7.5

Rb-1A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, DColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

BEGINS Tab Sign

12.5

Rb-84t 20 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Page 37: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200036

MAXIMUM SPEED BEGINS Sign

10

30

12.5

Rb-2 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, DColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

MAXIMUM SPEED KM/H and BEGINSSign on One Sign Blank

10

30

12.5

12.5

Rb-3 60 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, D, EColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

KM/H Tab Sign

10

Rb-7t 20 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic EColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Page 38: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 37

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the MAXIMUM SPEED sign is toindicate to drivers the legal maximum speed for agiven speed zone. MAXIMUM SPEED signs must beused where the speed limit is different than thestatutory speeds for urban and rural environments.They may also be used, however, to confirm andsupplement the statutory speeds, especially wherethere is evidence of drivers violating thespeed limits.

Sign Types

The MAXIMUM SPEED sign (Rb-1) is the basicversion of the speed limit sign.

In some cases, a supplementary “km/h” legend hasbeen mandated by the Road Authority. In othercases, Road Authorities may opt to use the legendfor some or all applications. If the decision is madeto use the “km/h” legend in conjunction with basicspeed limit signing, one of the following alternativesmust be used:

• Attach KM/H tab sign (Rb-7t) to basicMAXIMUM SPEED sign (Rb-1); or

• Use the Rb-1A MAXIMUM SPEED sign, whichincorporates the legend of the Rb-1 and Rb-7tsign on one blank. This alternative is practicalwhere problems have been experienced inmaintaining the Rb-7t tab sign.

Where there is a change in speed limit on any road,the supplementary BEGINS tab sign (Rb-84t)must be used in conjunction with the basicMAXIMUM SPEED sign (Rb-1), or the combinationmay be replaced by the MAXIMUM SPEEDBEGINS sign (Rb-2).

If the decision has been made to use the “km/h”legend on speed limit signs, the MAXIMUMSPEED KM/H and BEGINS sign on one signblank (Rb-3) must be used instead of the otheroptions featuring the “begins” legend but which donot include the “km/h” text (that is, instead of eitherthe Rb-2 sign or the Rb-1 sign with the Rb-84t tabsign).

Guidelines for Use

All maximum speed signs established by OntarioRegulation or municipal by-law must be shown inunits of km/h and in multiples of 10 km/h, e.g., 50km/h, 60 km/h, not 55 km/h.

The prescribed rate of speed must be posted at thebeginning of each speed zone, and only there beaccompanied by the “begins” legend, either in tabform or as part of the Rb-2 or Rb-3 signs.

A “km/h” legend must be provided on all speed limitsigns, both regulatory and advisory, on King’sHighways, because of the greater likelihood ofunfamiliar interprovincial and international users.Other Road Authorities may use the “km/h” legendat their discretion, and depending on local needs. Ifnot explicitly required, Road Authorities mayconsider using the “km/h” legend near borderlocations, near airports and where violationexperience or observation have shown that driversare not understanding the units for speedrestrictions.

Signs indicating new speed limits must not beinstalled until the new maximum speeds areapproved and officially authorized.

Page 39: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200038

Location Criteria

Any sign with the “begins” legend (that is, theRb-84t tab sign, Rb-2 sign and Rb-3 sign) must beposted only at the beginning of the speed zone andmust not be repeated beyond intersecting streets orhighways.

MAXIMUM SPEED signs should be posteddownstream of intersections with major publicroads. On freeways, the MAXIMUM SPEED signmust be displayed after the assurance sign.

Typical examples for locating and spacingMAXIMUM SPEED signs are provided in Figure 4.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 128 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 1 to4, and Regulations 619 and 621 (R.R.O. 1990).

The maximum speed can be changed and enforcedby municipal by-law in municipalities.

The BEGINS tab sign (Rb-84t), MAXIMUM SPEEDBEGINS sign (Rb-2) and MAXIMUM SPEED KM/Hand BEGINS sign on one sign blank (Rb-3) are notincluded in HTA Regulation 615, but are expected tobe included by September 30, 1998.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD Sign

21.5

30

Rb-5 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD sign providesadvance information to drivers entering a section ofroad where the speed limit is considerably reduced.

Sign Types

There is one type of MAXIMUM SPEED AHEADsign: Rb-5.

Page 40: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 39

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Guidelines for Use

The MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD sign (Rb-5) must beused to warn motorists of a posted speed reductionof 20 km/h or more.

The MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD sign must befollowed by a MAXIMUM SPEED sign with the“begins” legend (that is, Rb-1 with Rb-84t tab signattached or Rb-2 or Rb-3). The MAXIMUM SPEEDsign with “begins” legend must be placed at thebeginning of the zone where the reduced maximumspeed applies.

The MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD sign should not beused under the following conditions:

• For speed reductions of 10 km/h (no advancespeed warning is required);

• For speed increases.

Location Criteria

The MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD sign must be placed100 m to 250 m upstream of the reduced speedzone.

Typical examples for locating and spacingMAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD signs are provided inFigure 4.

Legal Status

Official sign: not enforceable. However, theMAXIMUM SPEED signs to which the MAXIMUMSPEED AHEAD sign refers are enforceable under:

• Highway Traffic Act, Section 128 (R.S.O. 1990).

• Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 1to 4, and Regulation 621 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 41: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200040

Figure 4 – Speed Limit Control Devices

100 km/h 70 km/h 50 km/h ( POSTED IFREQUIRED )

ZONE ESTABLISHED BY TOWN BY LAW

NOTE: SPEED ZONES OF 80 km/h OR MORE ON AHIGHWAY WITHIN A CITY, TOWN, VILLAGE,POLICE VILLAGE, OR A BUILT-UP AREA MUSTBE ESTABLISHED BY BYLAW AND SIGNEDIN CONFORMANCE WITH SPEED ZONINGFOR RURAL AREAS SEE FIGURE 4D

TOWN WITH 50 km/h MAXIMUM SPEEDH.T.A. REGULATION 615

SUBSECTION 2 (1) (b)

TOW

N L

IMIT

Rb

-1

Rb

-1

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

250 m 900 mMAX

Rb

-1

Rb

-5

Rb

-5

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

Rb

-2

Rb

-2

80 km/h 60 km/h 80 km/h

NOTE: SPEED ZONES OF 80 km/h OR MORE ON AHIGHWAY WITHIN A CITY, TOWN, VILLAGE,POLICE VILLAGE, OR A BUILT-UP AREA MUSTBE ESTABLISHED BY BYLAW AND SIGNEDIN CONFORMANCE WITH SPEED ZONINGFOR RURAL AREAS SEE FIGURE 4D

TOW

N L

IMIT

Rb

-1

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

250 m 600 mMAX

Rb

-1

Rb

-5

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

Rb

-2

Rb

-5

Rb

-1

500 m

Rb

-1

500 mRb

-2

TOWN WITH 60 km/h MAXIMUM SPEEDH.T.A. REGULATION 615

SUBSECTION 2 (1) (a)

A

B

Page 42: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 41

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Figure 4 – Speed Limit Control Devices (cont’d)

80 km/h 50 km/h

BUILT-UP AREA(OVER 1.5 km LONG)

(UNDER 1.5 km LONG)

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

250 m

Rb

-5

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

60 km/h 80 km/h 60 km/h

NOTE: FOR RURAL SPEEDZONES LESS THAN 1.5 km INLENGTH, EXTEND EXISTINGSPEED LIMIT THROUGH ZONE. SPEED ZONE

RURAL HIGHWAYS

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

500 m

Rb

-1

Rb

-1

500 m

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

Rb

-1

900 m MAX.900 m MAX.900 m MAX.

300 m MAX.300 m MAX.300 m MAX.500 m .

BUILT-UP AREA OVER 1.5 km LONG - H.T.A. REGULATION 615 SUBSECTION 2(2)

BUILT-UP AREA UNDER 1.5 km LONG - H.T.A.REGULATION 615 SUBSECTION 2(3)

8 km MAX.

500 m .

RURAL AREA OVER 8 km LONG

RURAL AREA 1.5 TO 8 km LONG

8 km MAX. 8 km MAX.500 m .

2 km MAX. 2 km MAX. 2 km MAX.

Rb

-1

Rb

-5

500 m

Rb

-1

Rb

-2

250 m

Rb

-1

Rb

-5

Rb

-2

250 m

Rb

-1

C

D

Page 43: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200042

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED Sign

12.5

8Electricallyilluminatedfrom within

Rb-6 60 cm x 90 cmRb-7t tab (optional)(20 cm x 60 cm)

Font Highway Gothic D, EColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Blue Reflective

Middle Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUMSPEED WHEN FLASHING Sign

12.5

10

8

8

Rb-6A 60 cm x 140 cm

Font Highway Gothic D, EColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Blue Reflective

2nd Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

3rd Section of Sign:Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 44: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 43

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

10

30

12

10

Rb-106A 90 cm x 210 cm

Font Highway Gothic D, EColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Blue Reflective

2nd Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

3rd Section of Sign:Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED signindicates to motorists that they should reduce theirspeeds at certain times because they are entering aschool zone where school children are present andmay be crossing the road. Both versions of the signhave variable elements which convey that thereduced speed limit applies only at certain times.

In some jurisdictions, studies have shown thatSCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED signs (especiallythe Rb-6A version) are effective in decreasingspeeds, although not to the extent specified on thesign. Other jurisdictions, however, have found thesign to be ineffective, unless it is visibly enforced orthere are children present. The driving environmenthas a major impact on what drivers perceive to bereasonable restrictions, therefore the type of road,lane width, level of built-up development and otherphysical factors will influence driver compliancewith speed reduction signing.

Sign Types

The SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED sign(Rb-6) is electrically illuminated from within and themaximum speed is legible to approaching motoristsonly when it is illuminated. The sign prescribes a 40km/h maximum speed and should be used whereposted speed on the approach is 60 km/h or less.

The SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHENFLASHING sign has a “when flashing” legendshown on the bottom section of the sign andincorporates flashing amber beacons. The standardsize SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHENFLASHING sign (Rb-6A) prescribes a 40 km/hmaximum speed and should be used where postedspeed on the approach is 60 km/h or less. Theoversize SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEEDWHEN FLASHING sign (Rb-106A) prescribes a60 km/h maximum speed on a King’s Highway andshould be used where posted speed on theapproach is 70 km/h or 80 km/h.

Guidelines for Use

Where a 40 km/h speed for a school zone has beendesignated, the Rb-6 or Rb-6A SCHOOL ZONEMAXIMUM SPEED sign must be used:

Page 45: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200044

• Adjacent to a school entrance or exit; and

• Within a distance of 150 m along the road ineither direction beyond the limits of the schoolproperty.

The Rb-6 and Rb-6A signs are only used bymunicipalities. A municipal by-law is required to settimes that the sign is in effect and the variableelement is activated. The times should be relevant tothe operating hours of schools in the jurisdiction,within the limits of 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.

The Rb-106A sign is used only on designatedsections of a King’s Highway adjacent to a school.The flashing amber signals on the sign must beactivated at times when school buses are enteringand leaving the school property, on the days whenregular school activities are taking place.

School speed zones which result in a speedreduction of more than 20 km/h should be avoided.This removes the requirement for a MAXIMUMSPEED AHEAD sign, which would only be valid partof the time (that is, only when the SCHOOL ZONEMAXIMUM SPEED sign is activated).

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED signs aretypically used together with warning signs specificto school zones, such as the SCHOOL AREA sign(Wc-1) and SCHOOL CROSSING signs (Wc-2,Wc-2A). For more information on these signs, seeBook 6 (Warning Signs).

On the SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHENFLASHING sign, the double amber beacons mustflash in a “bouncing ball” pattern. The beacons mustbe flashed at a rate of 50 to 60 on and off flashesper minute, with the duration of the on and offflashes being approximately equal. (For moreinformation on the operation of the flashingbeacons on the Rb-6A sign, see Book 12 (TrafficSignals).)

A regulatory speed limit sign must be placed at theend of a school zone.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 128.(5) (R.S.O.1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 5(R.R.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 619, Section 7(R.R.O. 1990) for times that the Rb-106A sign mustbe in effect on King’s Highways.

Municipal by-law is required to designate the schoolzone in municipalities. A municipal by-law is alsorequired to specify times within the limits of 8 a.m.to 5 p.m. that the Rb-6 or Rb-6A sign is in effect inmunicipalities.

HTA Regulation 615 shows versions of the SCHOOLZONE MAXIMUM SPEED sign (Rb-6) the SCHOOLZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHEN FLASHING sign(Rb-6A) that are different than those in OTM Book5. For both signs, the HTA version uses the text“max. speed” instead of “maximum”. In the case ofthe SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED sign (Rb-6),the “km/h” text does not appear on the HTA version.

Page 46: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 45

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

HTA Regulation 615 is expected to be revised to beconsistent with the OTM by September 30, 1998.As of January 1, 1999, all new signs installed mustmatch the versions shown in the OTM (and revisedHTA). As of January 1, 2004, all existing signs mustbe replaced with the versions shown in the OTM(and revised HTA).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

Special sign support needed for Rb-6A.

6. Turn Control Signs

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH Sign

Rb-10 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH Sign(Specified Times)

5

8 6

Rb-10A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 47: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200046

NO RIGHT TURN Sign

Rb-11 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO RIGHT TURN Sign (Specified Times)

6

5

8

Rb-11A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO LEFT TURN Sign

Rb-12 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO LEFT TURN Sign (Specified Times)

5

8 6

Rb-12A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 48: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 47

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO STRAIGHT THROUGHOR RIGHT TURN Sign

Rb-13 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO STRAIGHT THROUGHOR LEFT TURN Sign

Rb-14 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO TURNS Sign

Rb-15 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO U-TURNS Sign

Rb-16 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 49: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200048

BUSES EXCEPTED Tab Sign

8

Rb-10t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Purpose and Background

The purpose of turn control signs is to indicate theprohibition of specific turns or manoeuvres that areindicated symbolically on the signs using arrows andthe red interdictory symbol. Examples of prohibitedturns or manoeuvres include right turns, left turns,U-turns and straight-through movements. There area number of turn control signs to represent variouscombinations of prohibited turns which may or maynot be restricted by time of day.

Sign Types

The NO STRAIGHT THROUGH sign (Rb-10)prohibits straight-through movements, and requiresthat the vehicle turn to either the left or right.

The NO STRAIGHT THROUGH sign withspecified times (Rb-10A) restricts the Rb-10prohibition to the specified times of day and days ofweek.

The NO RIGHT TURN sign (Rb-11) sign prohibitsright turns.

The NO RIGHT TURN sign with specified times(Rb-11A) restricts the Rb-11 prohibition to thespecified times of day and days of week.

The NO LEFT TURN sign (Rb-12) sign prohibitsleft turns.

The NO LEFT TURN sign with specified times(Rb-12A) restricts the Rb-11 prohibition to thespecified times of day and days of week.

The NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURNsign (Rb-13) prohibits both straight-through andright-turn movements.

The NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURNsign (Rb-14) prohibits both straight-through andleft-turn movements.

The NO TURNS sign (Rb-15) prohibits both right-turn and left-turn movements.

The NO U-TURN sign (Rb-16) prohibits a 180degree turning manoeuvre at or near the location ofthe sign.

All signs in the above list having time-of-dayrestrictions, as indicated by the “A” sign numbersuffix (e.g., Rb-10A, Rb-11A and so on), may bereplaced by an electrically or mechanically operatedblank-out sign bearing the legend of thecorresponding sign number minus the “A” suffix(e.g., Rb-10, Rb-11 and so on). The legend of theblank-out sign must be visible only during the timesthat the restriction is in effect. For more informationon blank-out signs, see Section 1.7 (DynamicTechnologies) and Book 10 (Changeable MessageSigns).

The BUSES EXCEPTED tab sign (Rb-10t) may beused where the Road Authority wishes to permitbuses to make the movements prohibited by any ofthe above turn control signs.

Guidelines for Use

Turn control signs are typically used at intersections.In the case of U-turns, however, the sign indicatesthat drivers are prohibited from making U-turns at ornear the location of the sign.

Page 50: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 49

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Additional turn control signs may be used asadvance signs upstream of the intersection to whichthey apply. There should be no other intersections,driveways or entrances between the advance signand the intersection to which the turn control signapplies.

If entry to a restricted area is prohibited duringcertain time periods only, the appropriate turncontrol signs having an “A” suffix indicating timerestrictions should be used e.g., Rb-10A, Rb-11A andRb-12A. This application avoids the need for a DONOT ENTER sign with time restrictions, which theOTM advises against (see Guidelines for Use for DONOT ENTER sign (Rb-19)).

At an intersection with a one-way street, the ONE-WAY sign (Rb-21) should be used rather than a turncontrol sign to indicate that entry to the one-waystreet is prohibited. At a signalized intersection witha one-way street, however, a turn control sign maybe added to the ONE-WAY sign, providing thebenefit of supplementary and redundant informationto the driver.

In order to allow drivers more opportunity to readand carry out any necessary lane changes wheretimes and days are shown on turn control restrictionsigns, a larger sign size should be used wherepossible. The maximum sign size may be limited bysign support structure and wind loadingconsiderations. See Book 3 (Sign Support andInstallation) for further information on structuraldetails.

The BUSES EXCEPTED tab sign (Rb-10t) must beinstalled directly below the turn control sign towhich the exception applies. If there are two ormore turn control signs at the same locationapplying to the same prohibited movement, eachsign must have a Rb-10t tab sign attached directlybelow it.

Information on permissive signs is available in theHighway Traffic Act, but the use of these types ofsigns is not recommended for turn control.

Location Criteria

Turn control signs must be placed in accordancewith Figure 5.

At unsignalized intersections, turn control signs mustbe mounted facing traffic approaching theintersection.

At signalized intersections, turn control signs mustbe mounted adjacent to the signal heads governingthe traffic to which they apply. A turn control sign,that is mounted on a traffic signal mast arm andinstalled directly over any roadway, must have aminimum clearance of 4.5 m above the roadway.Supplementary signs may be placed on the rightside of the road immediately upstream of theintersection.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 143 (R.S.O. 1990)prohibits U-turns in specific situations. In thesecases, it is not necessary to use the NO U-TURNsign (Rb-16), but advisable to do so.

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 21 to23 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

All signs except BUSES EXCEPTED tab sign (Rb-10t)must be Type III or IV as of January 1, 2002.

Type I is minimum requirement for these signs priorto the date indicated.

Type I is the minimum requirement for the BUSESEXCEPTED tab sign (Rb-10t).

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 51: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200050

Rb-11A

Rb-11A

NO RIGHT TURN

Rb-12A (Optional Addition)

Rb-12A

NO LEFT TURN

Rb-15 (Optional Addition)

Rb-15

NO TURNSOR NO U-TURNS

Rb-12A

(Rb-16)

Rb-15

Figure 5 – Typical Locations of Turn Control Signs (At Unsignalized Intersections)

Page 52: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 51

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

7. One-way TrafficControl Signs

Motorists are only permitted to travel in onedirection on one-way roads, interchange ramps,ramp-type roadways, entrances and exits to freewayservice centres and other designated one-waysections of roadways. In these situations, one-waytraffic control signs are used to guide traffic in theproper direction.

ONE-WAY Sign

Rb-21 30 cm x 90 cmRb-121 60 cm x 180 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Purpose and Background

The ONE-WAY sign must be used to indicate roadson which traffic is allowed to travel in one directiononly. The sign is typically used to prevent traffictravelling in the wrong direction to enter the one-way road.

Sign Types

The standard size ONE-WAY sign (Rb-21) shouldbe used on urban streets and/or where the postedspeed is 60 km/h or less.

The oversize ONE-WAY sign (Rb-121) must beused at the following locations:

• At freeway ramps in rural areas;

• At freeway service centres in rural areas;

• At urban expressways accessed by one-waystreets or ramps; or

• Where the driver environment is complex.

The oversize version of the sign should also be usedwhere the posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

If a version of the sign with the arrow pointing left isrequired, the standard sign with the arrow pointingright should be turned upside-down.

Guidelines for Use

At an intersection with a one-way street, the ONE-WAY sign should be used rather than a turn controlsign to indicate that entry to the one-way street isprohibited. At a signalized intersection with a one-way street, however, a turn control sign may beused in addition to the ONE-WAY sign, providing thebenefit of supplementary and redundant informationto the driver.

Location Criteria

ONE-WAY signs must be placed on the near rightcorner or the far left corner of an intersection, andfacing the traffic moving perpendicular to a one-waystreet.

Typical locations of ONE-WAY signs are illustrated inFigures 6 and 7.

Page 53: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200052

Rb-21

Rb-21

Rb-12

Rb-21 (Optional Addition)

Rb-21Rb-21

Rb-24 Rb-24

Wb-4

Rb-19

Wb-4

Rb-21 (Double Sided)

Rb-21 (Optional Addition)Rb-21

Rb-21 (Optional Addition) Rb-21

Figure 6 – Typical Locations of ONE-WAY Signs

Page 54: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 53

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 153 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 30(R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

All signs must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2002.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

DO NOT ENTER sign

Rb-19 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend – Red Reflective

Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

DO NOT ENTER Tab Sign

8

Rb-19t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the DO NOT ENTER sign is toprohibit vehicles from entering a restricted area. TheDO NOT ENTER sign must be conspicuously placedat the potential point of illegal entry to a one-wayroadway or ramp.

The driver must be given every opportunity tonotice a DO NOT ENTER sign, because theconsequences of missing it could be serious, e.g.,high speed head-on collisions. Thereforeredundancy in its use is encouraged.

Sign Types

The DO NOT ENTER sign (Rb-19) is the standardsymbol sign.

The DO NOT ENTER educational tab sign(Rb-19t) should be used if it has been determinedthat the motorists are unfamiliar with the meaningof the symbol. Motorist familiarity can be assessedaccording to factors such as collision experience,incidences of near-collisions, observation and use ofsimilar signs in the area.

Page 55: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200054

Guidelines for Use

The DO NOT ENTER sign should be used forabsolute conditions with no time restrictions. If thereare certain time periods for which the sign does notapply, then the condition is no longer absolute, andthe special meaning of the sign is compromised. Ifentry to a restricted area is prohibited during certaintime periods only, the appropriate turn control signshaving an “A” suffix indicating time restrictionsshould be used e.g., Rb-10A, Rb-11A and Rb-12A.

The signs must be used at signalized andunsignalized intersections from which entry to aroad or ramp is restricted (see Location Criteria).

The DO NOT ENTER sign may be used to indicatethat a highway or section of highway is temporarilyclosed by Police. (See also the ROAD CLOSED sign(Rb-92) in Section 13 (Regulatory ConstructionTraffic Control Signs).)

Location Criteria

At unsignalized intersections, the DO NOT ENTERsign must be placed across the intersection on boththe left and right sides, facing traffic that wouldotherwise illegally enter the one-way road.

Rb-125

Rb-19

Rb-20

Ra-101

Ra-101

Rb-125

Rb-121 (Optional)

Rb-19

Rb-20

50 m

100 m

50 m100 m

Rb-21 (Double Sided)

Rb-21(Double Sided)

10 mor

More Rb-121 (Mandatory)Ra-102

Rb-121 (Optional)

Rb-121 (Mandatory)Ra-102

Figure 7 – Application of Signs at Continuous Wide Median (With or Without Left-turn Lanes)

Page 56: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 55

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

At signalized intersections, the DO NOT ENTER signmust be placed adjacent to the signal headscontrolling the traffic that would otherwise illegallyenter the one-way road.

The use of the sign on at-grade intersections ofhighways with continuous wide medians (that isthose that are 10 m wide or wider) is shown inFigure 7. More information on this application isprovided under Location Criteria for the DO NOTENTER / WRONG WAY sign (Rb-20).

At right-turn channelized ramps and one-wayfreeway exit ramps, the sign must be mounted atthe back of the YIELD sign or STOP sign, facing themerging or exiting traffic. A second sign should beplaced approximately 30 m within the ramp on theopposite side of the road from the sign mounted onthe back of the STOP or YIELD sign. The secondsign serves as an additional warning to the motoristwho has entered the ramp illegally. Figure 8 showsthe typical placement of the DO NOT ENTER sign onfreeway exit ramps, in conjunction with other relatedregulatory signs.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 153 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 31and 32, and Regulation 599 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2002.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY Sign

15

Rb-20 60 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend – Red ReflectiveBorder – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Red Reflective

Page 57: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200056

Figure 8 – Typical Application of DO NOT ENTER/WRONG WAY Signsand Pavement Arrow Placement on Freeway Exit Ramps

R b - 1 9

R b - 1 2 5

R a - 1 0 1

R b - 2 0

IF THE TWO RAMP ROADWAYSARE WIDELY SEPARATED, ASECOND Rb-19 SIGN MAY BEPLACED HERE

**

STANDARD PAVEMENTARROW WITH LENGTHENEDSTEM. (TOTAL LENGTH 6.5 m)

Rb-19 APPROX. 30m FROM INTERSECTION

( OPTIONAL )

Page 58: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 57

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Purpose and Background

The DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY sign (Rb-20) isused as a last resort supplement to the DO NOTENTER sign (Rb-19) to warn motorists again thatthey are illegally entering a freeway or highwayagainst the flow of traffic. In some cases it is asupplement to the DO NOT ENTER sign (Rb-19),providing yet another degree of redundancy. Theexplicit wording of the Rb-20 sign is intended tostrongly alert motorists that they are about toencounter high volumes of high speed traffictravelling in the opposite direction.

Sign Types

There is one type of DO NOT ENTER / WRONGWAY sign: Rb-20.

Guidelines for Use

The DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY sign must beused at freeway interchanges, at freeway servicecentres and on highways divided by a continuouswide median (see Location Criteria).

The signs must be conspicuous to drivers travellingin the direction of traffic for which they are intended(that is, drivers travelling the wrong way), but shouldnot be visible to drivers travelling in the correctdirection.

A standard pavement arrow indicating the correctdirection of travel should be located adjacent to thesign. (See Book 11 (Markings and Delineation) formore information on the arrow pavement marking.)

Location Criteria

The typical sign layout for freeway and servicecentre use is shown in Figure 8. At freewayinterchanges, the DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAYsign must be conspicuously placed in the bullnoseof all freeway exit ramps, facing traffic illegallyentering the freeway. The sign must either bemounted on the back of the post supporting theEXIT sign or supported in this position by a secondpost, if required to properly angle the sign.

The freeway ramp signs must be installed on theright side of the ramp, facing traffic, from theperspective of drivers illegally entering the freeway.The sign must be angled so that it is not visible todrivers legally entering the ramp from the freeway,who may be confused by the sign.

Figure 7 shows the typical layout for DO NOTENTER (Rb-19) and DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY(Rb-20) signs on at-grade intersections on highwayswith a continuous wide median. For this application,a wide median is defined to be ten or more metreswide. In this application, the DO NOT ENTER signmust be placed on the median and the DO NOTENTER / WRONG WAY sign opposite the median,with both signs facing the traffic illegally enteringthe roadway. The signs on the median must beplaced 50 m from the intersection. The signs on theside of the road opposite the median must beplaced 100 m from the intersection.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. However, the DONOT ENTER portion of the sign is covered under:

• Highway Traffic Act, Section 153 (R.S.O. 1990).

• Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 31and 32, and Regulation 599 (R.R.O. 1990).

Page 59: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200058

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2002.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

8. Two-way Trafficand Multi-laneTraffic Control Signs

Two-way and multi-lane traffic control signs refer toa group of signs that pertain specifically to thecomplexities of regulating traffic on bi-directionalroads and roads with more than one lane. Thisgroup also includes signs related to passing andopposing traffic. Due to the risks associated withpassing vehicles in lanes where oncoming traffic ispresent, as well as the potential for collisions duringlane changes, it is important that the signs be well-designed and positioned so that drivers can read,understand and respond to them safely.

TWO-WAY TRAFFIC Sign

Rb-24 60 cm x 75 cmRb-124 60 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Page 60: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 59

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the TWO-WAY TRAFFIC sign is toindicate a change from one-way traffic operation totwo-way operation, advising motorists that theirability to pass freely is now restricted by opposingtraffic. The message must be conveyed to drivers intime, especially in high speed situations wheredrivers will need considerable distance to notice andread the sign and then manoeuvre their vehiclesinto the correct travel lane.

Sign Types

The standard size TWO-WAY TRAFFIC sign(Rb-24) should be used where the posted speed is60 km/h or less.

The oversize TWO-WAY TRAFFIC sign (Rb-124)should be used where the posted speed is 70 km/hor greater.

Guidelines for Use

Where speeds are 70 km/h or greater, it may benecessary to install a number of oversize Rb-124signs at intervals and supplement them with two-way arrow pavement marking symbols. In urbanareas and on lower speed roads, a pair of standardsize signs, with one sign placed on each side of theroad, is usually sufficient.

The TWO-WAY TRAFFIC AHEAD sign (Wb-4) mustbe used in conjunction with TWO-WAY TRAFFICsigns to warn motorists on a one-way road that theyare approaching a road section where two-waytraffic is permitted (see Book 6 (Warning Signs) formore details on the Wb-4 sign).

Location Criteria

The TWO-WAY TRAFFIC sign must be placed oneach side of the road at the commencement of two-way traffic operation. Where the sign is required atmore than one point along the road (see Guidelinesfor Use), pairs of signs must be used at each pointof installation, with one sign placed on each side ofthe road.

Figure 6 illustrates the placement of the TWO-WAYTRAFFIC sign (Rb-24) at an intersection, inconjunction with the ONE-WAY sign (Rb-21) and theTWO-WAY TRAFFIC AHEAD sign (Wb-4).

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 148.(1) (R.S.O.1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign. Sign must be supported by municipal by-law tobe enforceable in municipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2002.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 61: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200060

KEEP RIGHT sign

Rb-25 60 cm x 75 cmRb-125 60 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the KEEP RIGHT sign is to indicateto drivers that they must keep their vehicles to theright of obstructions such as:

• Raised or depressed median strips;

• Loading islands;

• Refuge islands;

• Traffic islands; and

• Central piers.

The KEEP RIGHT sign must appear at the approachend (upstream end) of the obstruction, both toindicate that vehicles must keep to the right andto define where the upstream end of theobstruction is.

In some cases, the obstruction impacts bothdirections of traffic on a two-way road. If so, theKEEP RIGHT sign is used to draw driver attention tothe upstream end of the obstruction, as perceivedfrom both directions of approach. Two KEEP RIGHTsigns are required, one at each end of theobstruction, facing outward toward trafficapproaching the obstruction.

Sign Types

The standard size KEEP RIGHT sign (Rb-25)should be used where posted speed is 60 km/hor less.

The oversize KEEP RIGHT sign (Rb-125) shouldbe used where posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.The sign should also be used at lower speedlocations where prevailing traffic conditions warrantgreater visibility or emphasis, e.g., in complex visualenvironments where many signs and other devicescompete for driver attention, or at high trafficvolume locations where drivers must concentratemore on the driving task.

Guidelines for Use

In order to avoid vehicle conflicts with theobstructions indicated by KEEP RIGHT signs, driversmust be aware of their presence. Clearly seeing anon-reflectorized obstruction in the middle of theroadway presents a challenge at night. To improve

Page 62: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 61

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

driver awareness of the obstruction during hours ofdarkness and within complex visual environments,some applications of KEEP RIGHT signs require theuse of amber flashing beacons together withadditional sign illumination.

Low beam headlights do not provide sufficient lightfor all drivers to see non-reflectorized obstructions atnight in time to stop for speeds above approximately50 km/h. Therefore it is particularly important thatobstructions extending substantially beyond thewidth of the KEEP RIGHT sign be reflectorized toindicate their width. The OBJECT MARKER sign(Wa-33L) must be used in conjunction with theKEEP RIGHT sign to identify fixed object hazardswithin 2 m of the roadway edge. The marker mustbe placed with the stripes sloping at a 45 degreeangle down toward the travel lanes of the roadway(down to the right, when used with the KEEP RIGHTsign). (See Book 11 (Markings and Delineation) formore information on the use of the OBJECTMARKER sign.)

The KEEP RIGHT sign may be installed withoutillumination, high intensity retroreflective sheetingand an amber flashing beacon under the followingconditions:

(1) At the beginning of a median divider, travellingfrom an undivided highway to a dividedhighway, if the sign is within 300 m of asignalized intersection; or

(2) At the upstream end of a raised median islandat a signalized intersection.

Under the following conditions, the KEEP RIGHTsign must be installed with an amber flashingbeacon and have either illumination (internal orexternal) or high intensity retroreflective sheeting(Type III or Type IV):

(1) At the beginning of a median divider whentravelling from an undivided to a dividedhighway, if the sign is not within 300 m of asignalized intersection; or

(2) Where a centre pier of a structure is locatedwithin the paved area of an undividedhighway, e.g., loading island for street cars.

Beacons must be flashed at a rate of 50 to 60 onand off flashes per minute, with the duration of theon and off flashes being approximately equal. Formore information on the operation of flashingbeacons, see Book 12 (Traffic Signals). Furtherbackground and details on illumination andretroreflective sheeting can be found in Book 1b(Sign Design Principles).

Beacons must flash at all times. If illumination isused, it is only required during the hours ofdarkness.

A composite sign assembly showing the use of theKEEP RIGHT sign (Rb-25), the OBJECT MARKERsign (Wa-33L) and the flashing amber beacon,together with the appropriate pavement markings isshown in Figure 9. More information on pavementmarkings and delineation for safety zones, loadingislands and other similar applications is found inBook 11 (Markings and Delineation).

Location Criteria

The KEEP RIGHT sign must be placed facingmotorists travelling towards the obstruction.

The mounting location of the sign depends on thetype of obstruction, as follows:

• At channelized traffic islands or on pedestrianislands, the sign must be placed at the upstreamend of the island or close to it as possible.

Page 63: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200062

• On raised or depressed median strips, the signshould be placed not more than 1.5 m beyond theupstream end of the island.

• At piers, at dividing strips between two ramps orat obstructions in the centre of the roadway, thesign should be placed on the face of, orimmediately upstream of, such obstructions.

Where the obstruction impacts both directions oftraffic on a two-way road, the upstream ends of theobstruction as perceived from the two directions ofapproach, must each be signed with a KEEP RIGHTsign.

On wide medians, the KEEP RIGHT sign should beoffset from the median centreline in order to place itmore directly within the driver’s line of sight.

Figure 8 illustrates the placement of the oversizeKEEP RIGHT sign (Rb-125) together with otherregulatory signs, in the context of a freeway exitramp. Figure 10 shows typical placement of thesign at a signalized urban intersection.

Legal Status

Official sign: not enforceable. However, the actionswhich may result from not obeying the sign areenforceable, such as colliding with an obstruction orcolliding head-on with opposing traffic having theright-of-way.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I for applications where additional illuminationor reflectorization is not required (see Guidelines forUse).

Type I for applications where additional illuminationor reflectorization is required and illumination isprovided.

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2002 for applications where additional illuminationor reflectorization is required and illumination is notprovided. Under these conditions, Type I is theminimum requirement prior to the date indicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 64: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 63

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Figure 9 – End Protection for Raised or Depressed Safety Zone

2 m

Rb-25

SIGN ILLUMINATION

DIAGONAL MARKINGS OPTIONAL RAISED OR DEPRESSED ISLAND

15 m+ 4.5 m+

Wa-33L

1.5 m+

NOTE:SIGN ILLUMINATIONNOT REQUIRED IFRb-25 AND Wa-33LCONSTRUCTED USINGASTM TYPE III or TYPE IVSHEETING.

OPTIONAL FLASHINGAMBER BEACON

Page 65: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200064

Figure 10 – Location of KEEP RIGHT Sign at Signalized Urban Intersection

2.5 m MIN.

15 m

15 m

2.5 m MIN.

1 m MIN.1 m MIN.

1 m MIN.

1 m MIN.

RA

ISE

D IS

LA

ND

RAISED ISLAND

RAISED ISLAND

RA

ISE

D IS

LA

ND

60 cmMIN. 60 cm

MIN.

Rb-25

SIGN ILLUMINATION

Wa-33L

OPTIONAL FLASHINGAMBER BEACON

Rb-25

SIGN ILLUMINATION

Wa-33L

OPTIONAL FLASHINGAMBER BEACON

Rb-25

Wa-33L

Rb-25

Wa-33L

Page 66: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 65

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign

12.5

Rb-27 60 cm x 75 cmRb-127 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEPRIGHT sign is to direct through movement trafficinto the right lane so that it is not impeded by trafficturning left. The sign is intended to alleviate conflictsand congestion that would result if both throughtraffic and left-turn traffic shared the left lane.

Sign Types

The standard size THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEPRIGHT sign (Rb-27) should be used where postedspeed is 60 km/h or less. The sign should be used:

• In urban areas; and

• In rural areas at low speed T-intersections on localroads, where there is a separate left-turn storagelane.

The oversize THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHTsign (Rb-127) should be used where posted speedis 70 km/h or more. In addition, the sign should beused at high speed T-intersections.

Guidelines for Use

The THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign shouldbe used at T-intersections on the through roadway,where a centre lane is provided for left turns.

The sign may also be used at other intersectionswhere conflicts arise due to vehicles travellingstraight through in the left-turn lane.

The sign should be used at left-turn slip-arounds andother locations where the through lane geometricsare adequate to permit vehicles to safely negotiatethem at the posted speed limit e.g., good roadalignment, adequate lane width.

Location Criteria

If an additional lane is created to accommodate left-turn traffic, the THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHTsign should be placed at the beginning of theadditional lane.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 150 (R.S.O. 1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Page 67: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200066

Special Considerations

N/A

DO NOT PASS Sign

Rb-31 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The DO NOT PASS sign may be used underexceptional circumstances to warn motorists thatconditions are not safe for overtaking vehicles.

Sign Types

There is one type of DO NOT PASS sign: Rb-31.

Guidelines for Use

Typically pavement markings are sufficient to handleno-passing zones in conventional situations, such asthe following:

• Travelling uphill;

• Around curves or bends; or

• Environments with poor visibility, e.g., in tunnelsand under bridges.

There are exceptional situations, for which the DONOT PASS sign may be used in addition topavement markings. Examples include:

• Construction zones where overtaking ishazardous; or

• No passing zones where collision statistics haveestablished that the pavement markings are notbeing obeyed.

The passing prohibition takes effect at the pointwhere the DO NOT PASS sign is located and shouldalso be consistent with pavement markings in thevicinity.

Where a portable lane control signal system is usedfor temporary conditions works, the DO NOT PASSsign must be used as one of a group of regulatoryand warning signs supporting the temporary system(see Book 7 (Temporary Conditions)).

Location Criteria

The sign must be placed on the right side of theroadway.

In locations with high percentages of large vehiclesor trucks, where these vehicles may obstructadequate visibility of the sign, it may be necessaryto place another sign on the left side of theroadway.

Page 68: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 67

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 149 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 35,and Regulation 606 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2006.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

PASSING PERMITTED Sign

Rb-35 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Permissive Symbol – Green Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

PASS WITH CARE Tab Sign

8

Rb-35t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the PASSING PERMITTED sign is toinform motorists that they are no longer in the no-passing zone indicated upstream by the DO NOTPASS sign (Rb-31) and that passing is permittedwhen safe to do so. The PASSING PERMITTED signalso implies that vehicles should proceed withcaution or care when passing.

Sign Types

The PASSING PERMITTED sign (Rb-35) is thestandard symbol sign.

The PASS WITH CARE educational tab sign(Rb-35t) may be used where it has beendetermined that motorists are still unfamiliar withthe meaning of the symbol. Motorist familiarity canbe assessed according to factors such as collisionexperience, incidences of near-collisions,observation and use of similar signs in the area.

Page 69: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200068

Guidelines for Use

The PASSING PERMITTED sign must be used only atthe end of a no passing zone that is properly signedwith the DO NOT PASS sign (Rb-31).

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

Official sign: not enforceable. However, the DO NOTPASS sign (Rb-31) which must always be usedtogether with the PASSING PERMITTED sign isenforceable under:

• Highway Traffic Act, Section 149 (R.S.O. 1990).

• Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 35,and Regulation 606 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS Sign

15

Rb-33 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASSsign is to advise slower moving vehicles to remain inthe right lane to allow vehicles travelling at higherspeeds to pass.

Sign Types

There is one type of KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TOPASS sign: Rb-33.

Page 70: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 69

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Guidelines for Use

The KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS sign must beused on sections of two-lane highway where a thirdintermittent lane has been added for passing (e.g., atruck climbing lane or another passing lane).

The sign must not be used in areas where two ormore continuous lanes are provided for onedirection of traffic, and problems have beenexperienced with slow-moving vehicles blocking theleft lane. Instead, the SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEPRIGHT sign (Rb-34) should be used for this purpose.

Supplementary repeat signs may be considered forpassing lanes longer than 2 km.

Location Criteria

The KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS sign must facethe traffic it is intended to address.

The sign must be placed on the right side of theroadway, at the start of the taper for the truckclimbing lane or other passing lane.

The placement of the KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASSsign is illustrated in Figures 11 and 12, in the contextof other regulatory and warning signs, andpavement markings.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 132 and 147 (R.S.O.1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign

15

Rb-34 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHTsign is to alert or advise slow-moving traffic to drivein the right lane and allow vehicles travelling athigher speeds to pass.

Page 71: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200070

Sign Types

There is one type of SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEPRIGHT sign: Rb-34.

Guidelines for Use

The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign must beused on multi-lane divided and undivided provincialhighways, where it is necessary to direct slowermoving vehicles to travel in the right lane. The signmay be used on other highways and roads for thesame purpose.

The sign may be also be used in other areas whereproblems have been experienced with slow-movingvehicles congesting the left lane, possibly provokingerratic passing behaviour.

The sign must not be used on sections of two-lanehighway where a third intermittent lane has beenadded for passing (e.g., a truck climbing lane oranother passing lane). Instead, the KEEP RIGHTEXCEPT TO PASS sign (Rb-33) must be used for thispurpose.

Location Criteria

The SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign, whereused, must be placed at the beginning of a sectionof highway where two or more lanes are providedfor one direction of traffic. The sign may be used atother locations as required (see Guidelines for Use).

The sign must be placed on the right side of theroadway. Where possible, an advance sign shouldbe placed on the left side of roadway, facingapproaching traffic.

The sign may be installed downstream of freewayinterchanges, addressing each direction of traffic,but in any case at intervals of no greater than 8 km.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 132 and 147 (R.S.O.1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 72: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 71

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD Sign

(proposed to be relocated to either Book 6(Warning Signs) or Book 8 (Directional GuideSigns))

15

Rb-30 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic EColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEADsign is to inform motorists of an opportunity aheadto pass slower-moving vehicles. This information isintended to discourage risky passing manoeuvres onhighway sections with restricted sight distance.

Sign Types

There is one type of PASSING LANE 2 KMAHEAD sign: Rb-30.

Guidelines for Use

The PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD sign must beused on two-lane roads, in advance of where a thirdintermittent lane has been added for passing (e.g., atruck climbing lane or another passing lane).

Location Criteria

This sign must be placed approximately 2 kmupstream of the start of the taper for the truckclimbing lane or other passing lane.

The placement of the PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEADsign is illustrated in Figures 11 and 12, in the contextof other regulatory and warning signs, andpavement markings.

Legal Status

Official sign: not enforceable. It is proposed that thesign be relocated from Book 5 (see SpecialConsiderations), therefore enforceability is notrequired.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Page 73: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200072

Special Considerations

The PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD sign is proposedto be moved to either Book 6 (Warning Signs) orBook 8 (Directional Guide Signs) before the nextversion of Book 5 (Regulatory Signs) is released.The sign will become either a warning sign or aninformation sign, rather than a regulatory sign.

YIELD CENTRE LANE TOOPPOSING TRAFFIC Sign

15

18

Rb-36 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The YIELD CENTRE LANE TO OPPOSING TRAFFICsign is used in the context of three-lane sections ofhighway, where the middle lane is a truck climbinglane or another passing lane allocated to onedirection of traffic. The purpose of the sign is toadvise motorists travelling in the single-lanedirection to exercise caution when passing becausethey are using a lane assigned to oncoming traffic,and that they must move out of the passing lane, ifnecessary, so as not to obstruct oncoming traffictravelling in the centre lane.

The previous version of the YIELD CENTRE LANE TOOPPOSING TRAFFIC sign was the PASS ONLYWHEN CENTRE LANE IS CLEAR sign. The previoussign did not effectively convey that even if thecentre lane is clear, oncoming traffic has the right touse the centre lane at any time for passing.

Sign Types

There is one type of YIELD CENTRE LANE TOOPPOSING TRAFFIC sign: Rb-36.

Guidelines for Use

The YIELD CENTRE LANE TO OPPOSING TRAFFICsign must be used:

• On three-lane sections of highway with passinglanes (e.g., truck climbing lanes or other passinglanes), addressing vehicles in the single-lanedirection; and

• Only where passing is permitted in the single-lanedirection by pavement markings.

Page 74: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 73

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

The decision to permit passing in the single lanedirection, and consequently the use of thesupporting pavement markings and the Rb-36 sign,should be carefully considered by the Road Authority.Passing should not be permitted if:

• Volumes of heavy vehicles and other traffic in thetwo-lane direction are large;

• There are other passing opportunities in the singlelane direction relatively close to the passing lanesection, either before or after the section beingconsidered; or

• The truck climbing lane or other passing lane isrelatively short, either at or just beyond theminimum lengths specified in Book 11 (Markingsand Delineation).

Location Criteria

The sign must be placed to face traffic travelling inthe single-lane direction where passing is permittedby pavement markings. The sign must be located atthe start of every passing opportunity in that single-lane direction, and at intervals of approximately800 m throughout the three-lane section.

The placement of the YIELD CENTRE LANE TOOPPOSING TRAFFIC sign is illustrated in Figure 11,in the context of other regulatory and warning signs,and pavement markings.

Legal Status

Official sign: not enforceable. However, the actionswhich may result from not obeying the sign areenforceable, such as colliding head-on withopposing traffic having the right-of-way.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2006.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 75: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200074

Figure 11 – Two-lane Highway with AddedTruck Climbing Lane or Passing Lane (Single Direction)

VA

RIA

BLE

LE

NG

TH

100

m30

m10

0 m

30 m

TA

PE

R L

EN

GT

H =

S x

W *

1.6

Rb-

36R

b-30

End

of r

estr

icte

d si

ght d

ista

nce

Wa-

123t

Sol

id li

nes

shal

l be

pain

ted

as s

how

n w

here

ther

e is

a s

ight

dis

tanc

e re

stric

tion.

Sig

n R

b-36

and

bro

ken

line

to b

e us

ed if

th

ere

is a

dequ

ate

pass

ing

dist

ance

.

100

m20

cm

ED

GE

LIN

E

Rb-

3320

cm

3m

LIN

E 3

m G

AP

Wa-

23R

Wa-

23R

NO

TE

S:

Tap

er le

ngth

is

* S

= S

peed

lim

it in

km

/h

W =

Lan

e w

idth

in m

.

S x

W *

1.6

800

m

Page 76: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 75

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Figure 12 – Two-lane Highway with Added Truck Climbing or Passing Lane (Both Directions)

Rb-

30

Rb-

33

30 m

VA

RIA

BLE

LE

NG

TH

30 m

100

m

30 m

VA

RIA

BLE

LE

NG

TH

Rb-

30

100

m

NO

TE

S:

Tap

er le

ngth

isS

x W

*1.

6*

S =

Spe

ed li

mit

in k

m/h

W

= L

ane

wid

th in

m.

TA

PE

R L

EN

GT

H =

S x

W *

1.6

100

m

100

m20

cm

ED

GE

LIN

E

20 c

m E

DG

ELI

NE

30 m

20 c

m C

ON

TIN

UIT

Y L

INE

3m L

INE

3m

GA

P

Wa-

23R

Wa-

23R

Wa-

123t

Wa-

23R

20 c

m C

ON

TIN

UIT

Y L

INE

3m L

INE

3m

GA

P

Rb-

33

Wa-

123t

Wa-

23R

Page 77: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200076

STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHENSIGNALS FLASHING Sign

15

20

Rb-37 120 cm x 240 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

BOTH DIRECTIONS Tab Sign

15

Rb-37t 30 cm x 240 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHENSIGNALS FLASHING sign is to advise motoriststravelling on a four-lane undivided highway that bothdirections of traffic must stop when school bussignals are flashing, to enable the safe loading andunloading of school buses on certain School BusRoutes. Motorists travelling in the opposite directionto the school bus may be uncertain as to whetherthey are required to stop when school bus signalsflash. The sign is intended to alleviate any confusionin this regard.

A School Bus Route is the sequence of roadstravelled by a school bus for the purpose of pickingup and dropping off school children at their schoolsand residences. Additional caution is required onthese routes, because school children may becrossing the road on their way to or from school busloading/unloading locations.

Sign Types

The STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHEN SIGNALSFLASHING sign (Rb-37) is the standard text sign.

The BOTH DIRECTIONS tab sign (Rb-37t) is usedto convey that both directions of traffic must stopwhen the school bus signals flash.

Guidelines for Use

The STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHEN SIGNALSFLASHING sign together with the BOTHDIRECTIONS tab sign must be used on all SchoolBus Routes located on four-lane undividedhighways:

• With a singing strip (rumble strip) of 3 m or less;and

• Where posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

These signs should be placed at locations wherethey are highly visible. The signs should serve as areminder to motorists to stop when they see aschool bus with signals flashing. The sign shouldalso remind motorists on a four-lane road that theyare on a School Bus Route, and to overcome anyuncertainty that they must also stop for buses in theother direction.

Page 78: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 77

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Location Criteria

The STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHEN SIGNALSFLASHING sign and its accompanying tab sign mustbe installed downstream of major intersections orlarge municipalities, as determined by the RoadAuthority.

The sign should be spaced at intervals of not morethan 8 km.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 175.(11) (R.S.O.1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

9. Lane Designation Signs

Regulatory lane designation signs instruct drivers onwhat may or may not be done in specific lanes onthe roadway. Two groups of lane designation signsare covered in this section:

• Turn Lane Designation Signs, which indicateturning movements and through movementspermitted in specific lanes;

• Reserved Lane Signs, which indicate classes ofvehicles permitted to use special reserved lanescalled diamond lanes.

Both groups of lane designation signs can be eitherinstalled overhead, directly above the lane to whicheach sign refers, or ground-mounted. Whileoverhead signs convey more clearly the intent of thesigns, they are also more expensive. Therefore,guidelines are provided on conditions under whichground-mounted signs are suitable and those underwhich overhead mounting is preferred or required.

Page 79: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200078

9.1 Turn Lane Designation Signs

LEFT TURN ONLY Sign

Rb-41 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

LEFT LANE Tab Sign

8

Rb-41t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign

Rb-42 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

RIGHT LANE Tab Sign

8

Rb-42t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Page 80: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 79

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

STRAIGHT THROUGH ORLEFT TURN ONLY Sign

Rb-43 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

STRAIGHT THROUGH ORRIGHT TURN ONLY Sign

Rb-44 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

LEFT OR RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign

Rb-45 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

ALL MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Sign

Rb-46 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Page 81: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200080

STRAIGHT THROUGH ONLY Sign

Rb-47 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Purpose and Background

The purpose of turn lane designation signs is toindicate, using single or multiple arrow symbols, thepermitted movements designated to each lane onthe approach to an intersection.

Turn lane designation signs must be used on theapproaches to intersections where the permittedmovement in one or more of the lanes on a givenapproach is contrary to the normal unsigned rules ofthe road. This may include permission for a normallyprohibited movement, prohibition of a normallypermitted movement, or both.

Normal rules of the road, which may be overriddenby turn lane designation signs, include the following:

• Straight-through movements are usually allowed,except if leading to a road restricted by a DO NOTENTER sign (Rb-19) or NO STRAIGHT THROUGHsign (Rb-10, Rb-10A);

• Left-turn movements are usually permitted fromthe left-most lane only;

• Right-turn movements are usually permitted fromthe right-most lane only.

Sign Types

The LEFT TURN ONLY sign (Rb-41) designates alane for left-turn movements only.

The RIGHT TURN ONLY sign (Rb-42) designates alane for right-turn movements only.

The STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN ONLYsign (Rb-43) designates a lane for both straight-through movements and left-turn movements.

The STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURNONLY sign (Rb-44) designates a lane for bothstraight-through movements and right-turnmovements.

The LEFT OR RIGHT TURN ONLY sign (Rb-45)designates a lane for both left- and right-turnmovements.

The ALL MOVEMENTS PERMITTED sign (Rb-46)designates a lane for left- and right-turn movementsand straight-through movements.

The STRAIGHT THROUGH ONLY sign (Rb-47)designates a lane for straight-through movementsonly.

The LEFT LANE (Rb-41t) and RIGHT LANE(Rb-42t) tab signs may be used whereobservation or collision experience has shown thatvehicles are using the wrong lane for turning andthat clarifying the meaning of the symbol willalleviate further problems.

Page 82: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 81

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Guidelines for Use

For overhead mounting, the individual turn lanedesignation signs must be mounted on an overheadstructure and placed either:

• Over the lane or lanes where the movement iscontrary to the normal rules of the road; or

• Over all lanes on the same approach.

For ground-mounting, sets of two or three individualturn lane designation signs must be attachedtogether side-by-side, so that they represent theturning movement configuration for the lanesclosest to the side of the road where the sign ismounted. On a two-lane approach, sets of twoattached signs should be used. On a three-laneapproach, sets of either two or three attached signsshould be used (see Figures13, 14 and 15).

The decision on whether to use ground-mounted oroverhead turn lane designation signs is at thediscretion of the Road Authority. The followingguidelines pertain to this decision:

(1) Ground-mounted signs may be used atfreeway off ramps or at other locations withup to three approach lanes, where physicalconditions such as road alignment, sightdistance and visual complexity make theplacement of ground-mounted signs practical.Ground-mounting must not compromise theeffectiveness, visibility or lane correlation ofthe sign message.

(2) Overhead signs must be used at locationswith four or more approach lanes.

(3) Overhead signs should be used where visibilityrestrictions, heavy traffic volumes, high speedsor other site characteristics warrant greateradvance warning of lane designations.

(4) Where ground-mounted signs are ineffective,resulting in low driver compliance or collisionsrelated to lane designation, overheadmounting should be considered.

(5) Specific applications for overhead and ground-mounted signing include the following:

• Where dual left-turn lanes are provided atsignalized at-grade intersections, overheadlane designations should be provided for theleft-turn lanes as minimum, but preferablyfor all lanes on the approach.

• Overhead signs should be considered atthree-lane exit ramps terminating in a four-way intersection, where combinedmovements are permitted from the centrelanes (e.g., left-turn, right-turn and straight-through movements).

• Ground-mounted signs should be used atthree-lane exit ramps terminating in aT-intersection, where there is multi-laneusage (e.g., two left-turn lanes or two right-turn lanes).

If the Rb-47 STRAIGHT THROUGH ONLY signindicates a roadway that changes alignment at orbeyond the intersection, the arrow symbol may beangled to indicate the actual alignment of theroadway.

For more information on mounting supports foroverhead signs, see Book 3 (Sign Support andInstallation).

Page 83: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200082

For more information on minimum sight distancesfor overhead signs, see Book 13 (TrafficCharacteristics, Planning and Operations).

Pavement marking arrows must be used tosupplement both overhead and ground-mountedturn lane designation signs (see Book 11 (Markingsand Delineation) for more details on pavementmarkings).

Where a major channelization exists at a rampterminal and the provision of double left- or right-turn lanes is obvious to motorists, lane designationsigning is not required.

Location Criteria

Overhead turn lane designation signs should bemounted so that the bottom of the sign is aminimum of 4.5 m to 5.3 m above the roadway(see Book 1b, Section 12.3 (Vertical MountingOffset)). Each sign should be centred over the lane itgoverns.

Ground-mounted signs are located as follows:

• For double left turns designated by Rb-41 orRb-43 signs, advance signs must be located onthe left side of the roadway.

• For double right turns designated by Rb-42 orRb-44 signs, advance signs must be located onthe right side of the roadway.

• Figures 13, 14 and 15 illustrate the placement ofground-mounted turn lane designation signs fortypical configurations.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 141, 152, 153 and154 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 34(R.R.O. 1990).

The application of turn lane designation signs inmunicipalities requires legal approval by municipalby-laws.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 84: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 83

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Figure 13 – Placement of Ground-mounted Turn Lane Designation Signs for Double Right Turns

PAVED

SHOULDER

OR

Page 85: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200084

Figure 14 – Placement of Ground-mounted Turn Lane Designation Signs for Double Left Turns

PAVED

SHOULDER

OR

Page 86: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 85

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Figure 15 – Placement of Ground-mounted Turn Lane Designation Signs for Centre Lane Optional

PAVED

SHOULDER

OR

OR

Page 87: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200086

TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE Sign

Rb-48 90 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE,CENTRE LANE ONLY Sign

12.5

Rb-48A 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Helvetica MediumColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend – White ReflectiveBackground & Border – Black

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE sign specificallyapplies where one centre lane separates opposingtraffic flows on multi-lane roadways, and where it isdesirable to reserve the centre lane for shared left-turn movements from both directional flows. Thesign may be used between intersections or toaccess other points along the roadway (e.g., sidestreets, shopping malls, driveways and so on).

Page 88: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 87

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Sign Types

The TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE sign (Rb-48)designates the centre lane on a road without amedian for shared left-turn movements by traffic inboth directions. The sign is intended for overheadmounting.

The TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE, CENTRELANE ONLY sign (Rb-48A) combines the symboliclegend of the Rb-48 sign with a text legend on oneblank. The sign is intended for ground-mounting.

Guidelines for Use

In areas where driver exposure to two-way left-turnfacilities is limited, TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANEsigns should be mounted overhead. Ground-mounted Rb-48A signs may be used in urban areaswhere drivers are more familiar with this type offacility.

Signs should be mounted overhead on widefacilities with more than five lanes.

Within a continuous section of TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE signs, the signs should either be allmounted overhead or all ground-mounted. To avoiddriver confusion and support driver expectation, it isrecommended that the mounting type be consistentthroughout an area or network.

For more information on mounting supports foroverhead signs, see Book 3 (Sign Support andInstallation).

Pavement marking arrows must be used tosupplement both overhead and ground-mountedTWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE signs (see Book 11(Markings and Delineation) for more details onpavement markings).

Location Criteria

Both the ground-mounted and overhead versions ofthe TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE sign (Rb-48A andRb-48) should be placed at the beginning of thedesignated centre left-turn lane, downstream of allmajor intersections, and in between intersections atintervals of no more than 300 m.

The overhead TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE signshould be mounted so that the bottom of the sign isfrom 4.5 m to 5.3 m above the roadway (see Book1b, Section 12.3 (Vertical Mounting Offset)). Thesign should be centred over the two-way left-turnlane.

Where right and left turns are permitted from thecentre lane, advance signs must be located in astaggered fashion on both sides of the roadway.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 141, 152, 153 and 154(R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 34(R.R.O. 1990).

The application of sign in municipalities requireslegal approval by municipal by-laws.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 89: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200088

9.2 Reserved Lane Signs

RESERVED BICYCLE LANE Sign (Overhead)

17

Rb-84 60 cm x 60 cmRb-184 90 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

RESERVED BICYCLE LANE Sign(Ground-mounted)

17

7

Rb-84A 60 cm x 60 cmRb-184A 90 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

RESERVED LANE Sign (One Vehicle Class,Overhead, No Days and Times)

25

SYMBOL

Rb-85 90 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

RESERVED LANE SIGN (One Vehicle Class,Ground-mounted, No Days and Times)

25

5

10

SYMBOL

Rb-85A 90 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 90: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 89

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

RESERVED LANE Sign (Multiple VehicleClasses, Overhead, No Days and Times)

20

SYMBOLS

Rb-86 90 cm x 120 cm

Font N/AColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

RESERVED LANE Sign (Multiple VehicleClasses, Ground-mounted, No Days and Times)

25

10

SYMBOLS

25

10

SYMBOLS

Rb-86A 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background –BlackLegend & Border –BlackBackground –White Reflective

Page 91: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200090

RESERVED LANE Sign (One or Multiple VehicleClass(es), Overhead, Days and Times)

20

10

12

8

Rb-87 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

RESERVED LANE Sign (One or Multiple VehicleClass(es), Ground-mounted, Days and Times)

25

10

12

8

8

Rb-87A 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Diamond Symbol – White Reflective

Diamond Background – BlackLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 92: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 91

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

3 OR MORE PERSONS Sign

7.5

25

12.5

Rb-88 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic D, EColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Reserved Lane BEGINS Tab Sign

12.520

Rb-84t 20 cm x 60 cmRb-184t 30 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Reserved Lane ENDS Tab Sign

12.520

Rb-85t 20 cm x 60 cmRb-185t 30 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Purpose and Background

The purpose of reserved lane signs is to designatespecific lanes on the road exclusively for highoccupancy and special use traffic. These vehiclescan include buses, cars carrying at least three (insome cases, at least two) or more persons, taxis andbicycles. Reserved lane signs can be applied tourban streets as well as freeways and highways, andcan be mounted overhead or ground-mounted. Areserved lane condition can be permanent, or ineffect only during specified times of the day and/ordays of the week.

The objective of dedicated lanes for high occupancyvehicles is to discourage the use of private vehicleswith one occupant, and encourage the use of publictransit and car-pools, to make better use of roadfacilities, alleviate congestion, increase safety,reduce energy consumption, and improve air quality.High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) lanes provide highoccupancy vehicles, such as buses and cars withthree or more persons, with a dedicateduncongested lane on an otherwise congestedfacility.

Reserved lanes go beyond the concept of HOV lanesby allowing, in addition to high occupancy vehicles,other road users with special needs which mayconflict with the main stream of traffic. For example,taxis which make frequent stops in city traffic haveunique requirements. Also, in areas where manypeople travel by bicycle, bicycles may be included in

Page 93: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200092

reserved lane signing, because of their slow speedrelative to other traffic and their vulnerability.Providing reserved lanes that include bicycles alsohas the impact of concentrating cyclists on thosestreets with reserved lane signing, and simplifyingtraffic flows on other streets in the vicinity.

Reserved lanes have a unique function within the setof regulatory signs, and are therefore distinguishedby a unique symbol: the outline of a diamond inreversed colours from the rest of the sign (that is,the main sign has a black legend on a whitebackground, while the diamond symbol is white on ablack background). Reserved lanes are therefore alsoreferred to as diamond lanes.

For more information on the planning andimplementation of reserved lanes, see Book 17(Reserved Lane Controls). Supplementary details onbicycle facilities are available in Book 18 (BicycleFacilities).

Sign Types

Reserved Bicycle Lane Signs

The RESERVED BICYCLE LANE signs (Rb-84,Rb-84A, Rb-184 or Rb-184A) must be used todesignate on-road lanes reserved exclusively forbicycles with no time-of-day conditions.

The standard size RESERVED BICYCLE LANEsign (overhead) (Rb-84) includes in its legend anarrow pointing straight down at the designated lane,and is mounted overhead.

The standard size RESERVED BICYCLE LANEsign (ground-mounted) (Rb-84A) includes in itslegend an arrow pointing diagonally down to the lefttogether with the words “this lane”, and is ground-mounted.

The oversize RESERVED BICYCLE LANE sign(overhead) (Rb-184) is the oversize version of theRb-84 sign. The signs may be used at locationswhere prevailing traffic conditions warrant greatervisibility or emphasis, e.g., in complex visualenvironments where many signs and other devicescompete for driver attention, or at high trafficvolume locations where drivers must concentratemore on the driving task.

The oversize RESERVED BICYCLE LANE sign(ground-mounted) (Rb-184A) is the oversizeversion of the Rb-84A sign. If a ground-mountedsign is used, the Rb-184A oversize sign should beused under the conditions described for theRb-184 sign.

Reserved Lane Signs for Oneor Multiple Vehicle Class(es)

The RESERVED LANE signs for one or multiplevehicle class(es) (Rb-85, Rb-85A, Rb-86,Rb-86A, Rb-87 or Rb-87A) must be used todesignate on-road facilities for one or more classesof vehicles, including (but not restricted to) buses,taxis, cars with three or more (or two or more)persons and bicycles.

The RESERVED LANE sign (one vehicle class,overhead, no days and times) (Rb-85)designates a reserved lane for one vehicle class.The sign includes in its legend an arrow pointingstraight down at the designated lane, and ismounted overhead. The reserved lane condition is ineffect at all times.

The RESERVED LANE sign (one vehicle class,ground-mounted, no days and times) (Rb-85A)designates a reserved lane for one vehicle class.The sign includes in its legend an arrow pointingdiagonally down to the left together with the words“this lane”, and is ground-mounted. The reservedlane condition is in effect at all times.

Page 94: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 93

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

The RESERVED LANE sign (multiple vehicleclasses, overhead, no days and times) (Rb-86)designates a reserved lane for two or more vehicleclasses. The sign includes in its legend an arrowpointing straight down at the designated lane, and ismounted overhead. The reserved lane condition is ineffect at all times.

The RESERVED LANE sign (multiple vehicleclasses, ground-mounted, no days and times)(Rb-86A) designates a reserved lane for two ormore vehicle classes. The sign includes in its legendan arrow pointing diagonally down to the lefttogether with the words “this lane”, and is ground-mounted. The reserved lane condition is in effect atall times.

The RESERVED LANE sign (one or multiplevehicle class(es), overhead, days and times)(Rb-87) designates a reserved lane for one or morevehicle classes. The sign includes in its legend anarrow pointing straight down at the designated lane,and is mounted overhead. The reserved lanecondition is in effect only during the days and timesspecified on the legend.

The RESERVED LANE sign (one or multiplevehicle class(es), ground-mounted, days andtimes) (Rb-87A) designates a reserved lane for oneor more vehicle classes. The sign includes in itslegend an arrow pointing diagonally down to the lefttogether with the words “this lane”, and is ground-mounted. The reserved lane condition is in effectonly during the days and times specified on thelegend.

Supplementary Reserved Lane Signs

The standard size reserved lane BEGINS tabsign (Rb-84t) and ENDS tab sign (Rb-85t) mustbe attached below the first and last standard sizeRESERVED BICYCLE LANE signs in a reservedbicycle lane facility, to indicate the beginning andend, respectively, of the facility.

The oversize reserved lane BEGINS tab sign(Rb-184t) and ENDS tab sign (Rb-185t) must beattached below the first and last oversize RESERVEDBICYCLE LANE signs in a reserved bicycle lanefacility, and the first and last reserved lane signs formultiple vehicle classes in a reserved lane facility, toindicate the beginning and end, respectively, of thefacility.

The 3 OR MORE PERSONS educational sign(Rb-88), may be used with RESERVED LANE signsincluding the symbol for cars with three or morepersons. (A variation of the sign, with the “3” in thelegend replaced by a “2”, may be used inconjunction with the symbol for cars with two ormore persons.) The tab assists initial comprehensionof the symbol, which studies have shown may bepoorly understood when first applied. Theeducational tab may be used where it has beendetermined that motorists are still unfamiliar withthe meaning of the symbol. Motorist familiarity canbe assessed according to factors such as observedlane use and presence of similar signs in the area.

Guidelines for Use

Reserved lane signing must be used wheremunicipal by-law or Regulation designates lanes forexclusive use by specific classes or types of vehicles,either permanently or during certain times of theday and/or days of the week.

Reserved lane signs may be either ground-mountedor placed overhead. Reserved lane sign numbershaving an “A” suffix are ground-mounted versions ofthe overhead signs with the correspondingnumbers. Ground-mounted signs may be used whenthe designated lane is adjacent to a curb, theopportunity to install signs is available and sufficientvisibility is assured. Otherwise, overhead reservedlane signs should be used.

Page 95: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200094

Reserved lane signs should be used together withthe corresponding pavement markings for diamondlanes. Details on pavement markings for reservedlanes are provided in Book 11 (Markings andDelineation).

The Rb-87 and Rb-87A RESERVED LANE signs mustnot be used if the bicycle symbol is the only vehicleclass depicted. If this were to be done, the signwould become a RESERVED BICYCLE LANE signwith time restrictions, which is not advisablebecause bicycle lanes typically have narrow lanewidths.

Location Criteria

On non-freeway reserved lane facilities, reservedlane signs must be installed throughout the fulllength of the facility:

• At intervals of 300 m or less; and

• Immediately downstream of intersections withpublic roadways.

On freeway reserved lane facilities, reserved lanesigns must be installed throughout the full length ofthe facility:

• At intervals of 800 m or less; and

• Immediately downstream of interchanges.

If the 3 OR MORE PERSONS educational sign(Rb-88), or its 2 OR MORE PERSONS variant, isused in the context of overhead RESERVED LANEsigns, it should be mounted on the vertical supportof the mounting arm for the overhead sign. If theRb-88 sign is used in the context of ground-

mounted RESERVED LANE signs, it should beground-mounted on its own support approximatelymidway between two ground-mounted RESERVEDLANE signs.

Appropriate pavement markings should be installedin conjunction with reserved lane signing, enablingdrivers to more clearly comprehend the restrictionsimposed (see Book 11 (Markings and Delineation)).

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 154 and 155 (R.S.O.1990).

Signs must be supported by municipal by-law to beenforceable in municipalities.

Reserved lane signs are not included in HTARegulation 615, but are expected to be included in1999.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 96: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 95

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

10. Parking Control Signs

Parking control is necessary to support the rationalutilization of curb lanes. The safe, unimpededmovement of traffic takes priority over curb-laneloading and unloading, which in turn takes priorityover curb-lane parking.

Parking control has the following proven benefits:

• Prohibiting parking, standing and stopping atselected locations in the curb lanes of busythoroughfares improves traffic flow, especially atsignalized intersections;

• Allocating designated curb space to bus stops ortaxi zones, enables buses and taxis moreefficiently to manoeuvre in and out of the trafficstream;

• Allocating designated curb space to emergencyvehicles provides them with permanently availableparking space close to essential equipment (e.g.,fire hydrants);

• Restricting the times when parking, standing andstopping are permitted increases roadwaycapacity and reduces congestion when mostrequired, e.g., during peak periods;

• Where demand for on-street parking exceeds thesupply, limiting the duration of parking provides amore equitable distribution of parking space; and

• Allocating designated parking space to personswith disabilities enables them close access tocommon destinations.

Standing and stopping are different than parking.Standing refers to the presence of a stationaryvehicle in the curb lane, for the purpose of pickingup or dropping off passengers. The driver does not

have to be in the vehicle during this procedure.Stopping refers to a driver stopping a vehicle in thecurb lane for any reason, except when legallyrequired to do so, for example at a STOP sign.

Parking control signs in this section are coveredunder two categories:

• General Parking Control Signs;

• Disabled Parking Control Exemption Signs.

For more information on planning andimplementing parking controls, see Book 16(Parking Controls).

10.1 General Parking Control Signs

NO PARKING Sign

10

6.5

21

10

Rb-51 30 cm x 30 cmRb-151 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 97: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200096

NO PARKING Sign (With Days)

10

6.5

21

10 2.5 5

Rb-51A 30 cm x 30 cmRb-151A 60 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO PARKING Sign (With Days and Times)

10

5

6.5

4

2.5

21

10

10

8

5

Rb-52 30 cm x 45 cmRb-152 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO PARKING, SNOW ROUTE Sign

10

5

21

10

Rb-57 30 cm x 45 cmRb-157 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO PARKING, EMERGENCYPARKING ONLY Sign

21

8

Rb-58 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 98: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 97

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

PARKING RESTRICTED Sign(With Days, Times and Duration)

5

6.5

10

10

10

21

4

2.5

8

5

Rb-53 30 cm x 45 cmRb-153 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Permissive Symbol – Green Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO STANDING Sign

6.5

5

12.5

10.5

Rb-54 30 cm x 30 cmRb-154 60 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour “NO STANDING” Legend – Red Reflective

Rest of Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO STANDING Sign (With Days and Times)

6.5

5

5 2.5

4

12.5

10

10 5

8

Rb-54A 30 cm x 45 cmRb-154A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour “NO STANDING” Legend – Red Reflective

Rest of Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO STOPPING Sign

6.5

10

10

21

Rb-55 30 cm x 30 cmRb-155 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 99: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 200098

NO STOPPING Sign (With Days)

6.5 2.5

10

10

21

5

Rb-55A 30 cm x 30 cmRb-155A 60 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO STOPPING Sign (With Days and Times)

4

2.5

5

10

6.5

21

10

10 8

5

Rb-56 30 cm x 45 cmRb-156 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of general parking control signs is torestrict parking, standing and stopping of all vehiclesat specified locations, to realize the benefits ofparking control outlined above. General parkingcontrol signs may limit the prohibition to specifieddays, specified times, and/or specified durations.

General parking control signs cover the followingfour functions:

• Parking prohibitions;

• Parking duration restrictions;

• Stopping prohibitions; and

• Standing prohibitions.

Sign Types

Parking Prohibition Signs

The NO PARKING sign must be used whereparking is prohibited at all times. The standard sizeNO PARKING sign (Rb-51) should be used whereposted speed is 60 km/h or less and the oversizeNO PARKING sign (Rb-151) should be used whereposted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

The NO PARKING sign (with days) must be usedwhere parking is prohibited 24 hours a day onspecified days. The standard size NO PARKINGsign (with days) (Rb-51A) should be used whereposted speed is 60 km/h or less and the oversizeNO PARKING sign (with days) (Rb-151A) shouldbe used where posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

The NO PARKING sign (with days and times)must be used where parking is prohibited atspecified times on specified days. The standardsize NO PARKING sign (with days and times)(Rb-52) should be used where posted speed is 60km/h or less and the oversize NO PARKING sign(with days and times) (Rb-152) should be usedwhere posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

The NO PARKING, SNOW ROUTE signs (Rb-57and Rb-157) must be used to prohibit parking ondesignated routes for purposes of snow cleaning inaccordance with municipal by-law conditions.Where parking prohibitions on snow routes arerequired, the standard size Rb-57 sign should beused where posted speed is 60 km/h or less andthe oversize Rb-157 sign should be used whereposted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

Page 100: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 99

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

The NO PARKING, EMERGENCY PARKING ONLYsign (Rb-58) must be used to prohibit parkingexcept for emergency purposes on the shoulders offreeways downstream of all interchanges.Emergency purposes include use by emergencyvehicles (e.g., Police, Fire, Ambulance) and vehiclesinvolved in freeway accidents and incidents. Thesign may also be used in exceptional situations onother highways at designated locations, or onmunicipal streets where supported by municipalby-law.

Parking Duration Restriction Signs

The PARKING RESTRICTED sign (with days,times and duration) must be used in areas wherethe parking period is restricted to the specifiedduration (e.g., 30 minutes), at specified times onspecified days. The standard size PARKINGRESTRICTED sign (with days, times andduration) (Rb-53) should be used where postedspeed is 60 km/h or less and the oversizePARKING RESTRICTED sign (with days, timesand duration) (Rb-153) should be used whereposted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

Standing Prohibition Signs

The NO STANDING sign must be used wherestanding is prohibited at all times. The standardsize NO STANDING sign (Rb-54) should be usedwhere posted speed is 60 km/h or less and theoversize NO STANDING sign (Rb-154) should beused where posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

The NO STANDING sign (with days and times)must be used where standing is prohibited atspecified times on specified days. The standardsize NO STANDING sign (with days and times)(Rb-54A) should be used where posted speed is 60km/h or less and the oversize NO STANDING sign(with days and times) (Rb-154A) should be usedwhere posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

Stopping Prohibition Signs

The NO STOPPING sign must be used wherestopping is prohibited at all times. The standardsize NO STOPPING sign (Rb-55) should be usedwhere posted speed is 60 km/h or less and theoversize NO STOPPING sign (Rb-155) should beused where posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

The NO STOPPING sign (with days) must beused where stopping is prohibited 24 hours a dayon specified days. The standard size NOSTOPPING sign (with days) (Rb-55A) should beused where posted speed is 60 km/h or less andthe oversize NO STOPPING sign (with days)(Rb-155A) should be used where posted speed is70 km/h or greater.

The NO STOPPING sign (with days and times)must be used where stopping is prohibited atspecified times on specified days. The standardsize NO STOPPING sign (with days and times)(Rb-56) should be used where posted speed is 60km/h or less and oversize NO STOPPING sign(with days and times) (Rb-156) should be usedwhere posted speed is 70 km/h or greater.

Guidelines for Use

Parking Control Legends

Parking prohibition and stopping prohibition signsmust use the interdictory symbol. Parking durationrestriction signs, on the other hand, must use thepermissive symbol, which expresses the durationlimit more directly than a sign based on theinterdictory concept could.

Short arrows pointing outward to the right and/orleft at the bottom of some general parking controlsigns indicate the direction(s) in which theregulation applies.

Page 101: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000100

General parking control signs should display asmuch of the following information as applicable,from the top to the bottom of the sign, in the orderlisted below:

(1) Prohibition or restriction (symbol and/or text);

(2) Duration of restriction (text);

(3) Time period (other than 24 hours a day) whenprohibition or restriction applies (text);

(4) Days of week (other than seven days a week)when prohibition or restriction applies (text);and/or

(5) Direction(s) in which prohibition or restrictionis applicable (arrows).

Days, Times and Durations

The days of the week for which parking controlregulations apply must be shown as standardabbreviations specified in Table 3. Englishabbreviations are used unless the sign is in adesignated bilingual area (see Book 1). If no daysare specified, the parking control regulation must bein effect seven days a week.

The time period(s) specified indicate when theparking control regulation applies. The preferredformat for time periods is in full hours of the clock,e.g., 7 AM – 9 AM or 9 AM – 6 PM. If no times arespecified, the parking control regulation must be ineffect 24 hours a day on the applicable days.

Within a series of general parking control signs thatapply only at specific times, the times should beconsistently shown in the same position on the sign.If, on some signs in the series, one of the timeperiods does not apply, blank space should be left in

the position where that time period would normallyappear. This convention assists motorists indetermining from a distance the times during whicha parking control regulation applies.

Time limits on parking duration restriction signs mustbe specified as follows:

• When less than one hour, the duration must beshown in minutes, e.g., 15 minutes instead of 1/4hour; and

• The duration must be specified in numeralstogether with the metric abbreviation for minutesor hours, e.g., 15 min, 30 min, 1 h, 2 h.

Location Criteria

The following location criteria apply to generalparking control signs:

(1) Signs must be placed at the upstream anddownstream limits of a parking control area,with single arrows pointing in the direction inwhich the regulation applies;

Table 3 – Standard Abbreviationsfor Days of Week

hsilgnE hcnerF

yadrutaS TAS MAS idemaS

yadnuS NUS MID ehcnamiD

yadnoM NOM NUL idnuL

yadseuT EUT RAM idraM

yadsendeW DEW REM idercreM

yadsruhT UHT UEJ idueJ

yadirF IRF NEV iderdneV

Page 102: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 101

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

(2) Signs must be placed at intermediate pointsthroughout the parking control area, with twoarrows indicating that the regulation applies ineach direction;

(3) A parking control regulation which applies in agiven direction must terminate at anintersection with a cross street or highway orat another parking control sign. A sign withone arrow must be used to indicate thetermination;

(4) Signs should be installed at an angle of 30 to45 degrees to the flow of traffic, and shouldalways be visible to approaching traffic;

(5) In rural areas, signs should be spaced at150 m or less;

(6) In urban areas and in business areas, signsmust be spaced at 50 m or less; and

(7) If two signs are placed on the same post, themore restrictive regulation should appear ontop.

The following location criteria apply to the NOPARKING, EMERGENCY PARKING ONLY sign(Rb-58):

(1) The sign must be installed on freewaysdownstream of each interchange. If aSLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT sign (Rb-34) isposted in this area, the Rb-58 sign must beinstalled approximately 150 m beyond it.Otherwise, the Rb-58 sign must be installedapproximately 150 m beyond the MAXIMUMSPEED sign (Rb-1, Rb-1A, Rb-1t, Rb-2, Rb-3,Rb-7t).

(2) If the distance between interchanges isgreater than 8 km, additional signs must beplaced so that the maximum sign spacing is8 km.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 170 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulations 604, 605, 615,Sections 13,14,15, 24, 25, 26 and 27, andRegulation 622 (R.R.O. 1990).

Municipal by-laws consistent with the provisions ofthe Highway Traffic Act may be enacted by theproper authorities for the control of parking,standing or stopping of vehicles.

To implement parking controls that are not statutory,the Road Authority must make proposedrecommendations supported by studies, and theninstitute and legalize the proposedrecommendations under the Highway Traffic Actand applicable municipal by-laws.

The NO PARKING sign (with days) (Rb-51A) is notincluded in HTA Regulation 615, but is expected tobe included by September 30, 1998.

The “h” text, representing hours on the PARKINGRESTRICTION sign (with days, times and duration)(Rb-53) is not included in HTA Regulation 615, but isexpected to be included by September 30, 1998.

The NO STOPPING sign (with days) (Rb-55A) is notincluded in HTA Regulation 615, but is expected tobe included by September 30, 1998.

HTA Regulation 615 shows a version of thePARKING RESTRICTION sign (with days, times andduration) (Rb-53) that is different than that in OTMBook 5. The HTA version uses the text “M” insteadof “min” to represent minutes.

Page 103: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000102

HTA Regulation 615 is expected to be revised to beconsistent with the OTM by September 30, 1998.As of January 1, 1999, all new signs installed mustmatch the version shown in the OTM (and revisedHTA). As of January 1, 2004, all existing signs mustbe replaced with the version shown in the OTM (andrevised HTA).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

10.2 Disabled Parking ControlExemption Signs

DISABLED PARKING PERMIT Sign

3

12.5

7.5

Rb-93 30 cm x 45 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Symbol of Access and Symbol Border –Blue ReflectiveLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 104: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 103

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

DISABLED STANDING EXEMPTION Sign

6.5

20

4

6.5

Rb-94 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour “NO STANDING” Legend – Red Reflective

Symbol of Access and Symbol Border –Blue ReflectiveRest of Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

DISABLED STOPPING EXEMPTION Sign

6.5

20

4

10

Rb-95 30 cm x 75 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Symbol of Access and Symbol Border –Blue ReflectiveLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Typically demand for parking is highest closest tocommon destinations, such as shops, medicalcentres and cinemas. These high demand parkingspaces are also those needed by persons withdisabilities. To ensure that persons with disabilitiescan access facilities by vehicle, parking spaces needto be reserved for them. Disabled parking controlexemption signs fulfill this function by prohibiting allvehicles, except those used by persons withdisabilities, from parking in designated spaces.Vehicles using the reserved parking spaces mustdisplay a valid Disabled Persons Parking Permit.

Page 105: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000104

Sign Types

The DISABLED PARKING PERMIT sign (Rb-93)must be used to exempt vehicles displaying a valid aDisabled Persons Parking Permit from parkingprohibitions at designated parking spaces, andthereby to indicate parking spaces designated foruse by disabled persons possessing a valid DisabledPersons Parking Permit.

The DISABLED STANDING EXEMPTION sign(Rb-94) must be used to exempt vehicles displayinga valid Disabled Persons Parking Permit fromstanding prohibitions.

The DISABLED STOPPING EXEMPTION sign(Rb-95) must be used to exempt vehicles displayinga valid Disabled Persons Parking Permit fromstopping prohibitions.

Guidelines For Use

Disabled parking control exemption signs may beaugmented, but not replaced, by pavementmarkings.

When multiple parking stalls are to be designatedwith the Rb-93 sign, each parking stall must have anindividual sign.

Location Criteria

For parallel parking stalls:

• The DISABLED PARKING PERMIT sign must beplaced adjacent to the stall within its longitudinallimits;

• The sign placement must clearly indicate whichstall the sign applies to;

• The sign must not interfere with passengersentering or leaving the vehicle; and

• The sign should be mounted at a height of 2 m to3 m, measured from the top of the curb to thebottom of the sign.

For angle parking or parking perpendicular to theroadway:

• The DISABLED PARKING PERMIT sign must beplaced at the side of the road, midway betweenthe lateral limits of the stall; and

• The sign should be mounted at a height of 1.5 mto 2.5 m, measured from the top of the curb tothe bottom of the sign.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 581 (R.R.O. 1990).

Signs are also enforceable in municipalities bymunicipal by-law.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 106: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 105

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

11. Specific VehicleClass Control Signs

Specific vehicle class control signs restrict or directtrucks, bicycles, dangerous goods carriers, schoolbuses and other classes of vehicles on specificaspects of road use. Aspects of regulatory control inthis section include permitted and prohibited routesfor specific vehicle classes, weight and dimensionslimits and instructions directed at vehicles ofspecific classes.

Specific vehicle class control signs deal only withvehicles. Regulatory signs directed at pedestriansand other non-vehicular road users (e.g., in-lineskaters) are covered in Section 15 (MiscellaneousControl Signs).

11.1 General Truck Control Signs

General truck control signs should be used to restrictthe movements or specify required actions of trucks,in general. (The sub-class of trucks known asDangerous Goods Carriers is covered in Section 11.2below.) Where truck routes are designated, orcertain commercial vehicles are prohibited fromtravelling on certain roads, these routes and/orrestrictions must be indicated by general truckcontrol signs. Restricting trucks to designated roadsis necessary to protect road infrastructure thatcannot bear the loads of heavy trucks, or that isotherwise unsuitable for truck traffic (e.g., residentialstreets, roads with narrow lanes, roads where trucksare incompatible with other road users).

Truck routes are typically identified by permissivesigning (based on the permissive green annularband symbol), supplemented by prohibitive signing(based on the interdictory red annular band symbol).The permissive signs indicate a continuous routepreferred for heavy truck use. If supported by

municipal by-law, the permissive signs can be givena mandatory function, that is, the signs can prohibitheavy trucks from travelling anywhere but on a truckroute identified by permissive signing. Whether ornot a permissive signing system is enforceable bymunicipal by-law, supplementary prohibitive signsmay be used where problems have beenencountered with heavy trucks using roads fromwhich they are prohibited. (See Book 1b, Section6.2, for a discussion of interdictory and permissivesymbols.)

TRUCK ROUTE Sign

Rb-61 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Permissive Symbol – Green Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 107: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000106

MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Tab Sign

Rb-61t 45 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the permissive TRUCK ROUTE sign isto indicate roads, especially continuous routesthrough or around an area, upon which heavy trucksare designated to travel. In some cases, municipalby-laws expressly prohibit trucks from making anymovements other than those indicated on permissiveTRUCK ROUTE signs.

Sign Types

The TRUCK ROUTE sign (Rb-61) is the standardpermissive sign.

The MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign(Rb-61t) indicates permitted truck movements atintersections. Movements other than thoseillustrated may be shown on the tab with theappropriate choice of arrows.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-61 TRUCK ROUTE sign and the Rb-61tMOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign should only beused on continuous truck routes.

The Rb-61 TRUCK ROUTE sign on its own may beused to indicate that truck travel along the signedroad is permitted.

The Rb-61 sign with the Rb-61t tab sign attachedmust be used at intersections to indicate permittedleft-turn, right-turn and/or straight-throughmovements to access designated truck routes. Byimplication, movements not indicated on the tabsign may be prohibited.

Where a truck route can be accessed by turning leftand/or right at an intersection, the sign-tabcombination must be installed immediately upstreamof the intersection to which it applies.

Where a truck route can only be accessed by astraight-through movement at an intersection, thesign-tab combination showing the straight-througharrow may be installed immediately upstream of theintersection to which it applies. Rb-61 and Rb-61tsigns at this location confirm that the intersectingroad is not a truck route.

Page 108: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 107

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

The NO HEAVY TRUCKS sign (Rb-62) may be usedto supplement permissive truck route signing, whereproblems have been encountered with heavy trucksusing roads from which they are prohibited.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference.

Enforceable in municipalitites by municipal by-lawwhich:

• Specifies that heavy trucks are prohibited from allroads other than truck routes indicated by thepermissive truck route signing system;

• Specifies a schedule of roads on which trucks arepermitted, corresponding to the roads included inthe permissive truck route signing system; or

• Specifies a schedule of roads on which trucks areprohibited, corresponding to the roads excludedfrom the permissive truck route signing system.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

NO HEAVY TRUCKS Sign

Rb-62 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

NO HEAVY TRUCKS Sign(With Time Restriction)

12.57.5

Rb-62A 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 109: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000108

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the prohibitive NO HEAVY TRUCKSsign is to indicate roads on which heavy trucks areprohibited. A time restriction may be used inconjunction with the sign, to prohibit trucks fromtravelling on certain roads and streets when theywould most adversely affect other users of the roadand street. The time restriction typically applies atnight, when noise and vibrations could be disruptive,particularly in residential areas.

The definition of a heavy truck may vary frommunicipality to municipality, and should be specifiedunder municipal by-law.

Sign Types

The NO HEAVY TRUCKS sign (Rb-62) applies atall times.

The NO HEAVY TRUCKS sign (with timerestriction) (Rb-62A) applies only during the timeperiods specified on the sign.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-62 and Rb-62A signs are not used onprovincial highways. Instead, permissive truck routesigning may be provided on King’s Highways tosupport municipal signing to regulate and managetruck traffic.

The Rb-62 and Rb-62A NO HEAVY TRUCKS signsmay be used to supplement a permissive signingsystem for continuous truck routes.

The NO HEAVY TRUCKS signs may be used toindicate restrictions on the movements of heavytrucks on highways, at all times (Rb-62) or at certaintimes of day (Rb-62A).

The Rb-62 NO HEAVY TRUCKS sign must be usedat the entrance to streets, mainly in residential areas,where the municipality wishes to prohibit truckmovements. Heavy trucks making deliveries onresidential streets are exempt from the prohibition.Municipalities should provide information aboutheavy truck prohibitions on residential streets totrucking companies operating in the municipality.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 33(R.R.O. 1990).

Sign must be supported by municipal by-law to beenforceable in municipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 110: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 109

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign(Trucks, Overhead)

Rb-39 90 cm x 150 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign(Trucks, Ground-mounted)

12.5

Rb-39A 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 111: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000110

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign(Length-based, Overhead)

5 8 108

Rb-40 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign(Length-based, Ground-mounted)

8

12.5

8 105

Rb-40A 90 cm x 150 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

BEGINS Tab Sign

20

Rb-184t 30 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Page 112: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 111

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

ENDS Tab Sign

20

Rb-185t 30 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – White Reflective

Background – Black

Purpose and Background

LANE USE RESTRICTION signs are used to prohibitheavy or long trucks from travelling on designatedleft lanes of highways with three or more lanes ineach direction, where they may impede the flowand/or visibility of other traffic. The lane userestrictions are organized into zones, delimited byBEGINS and ENDS tab signs attached, respectively,to the first and last LANE USE RESTRICTION signs inthe zone.

Sign Types

The LANE USE RESTRICTION sign (Rb-39)(trucks, overhead) restricts heavy trucks fromusing the restricted lane, and is mounted overhead.

The LANE USE RESTRICTION sign (Rb-39A)(trucks, ground-mounted) is the ground-mountedversion of the Rb-39 sign.

The LANE USE RESTRICTION sign (Rb-40)(length-based, overhead) restricts certain vehicleslonger than 6.5 m from using the restricted lane,and is mounted overhead.

The LANE USE RESTRICTION sign (Rb-40A)(length-based, ground-mounted) is the ground-mounted version of the Rb-40 sign.

The BEGINS tab sign (184t) indicates thebeginning of the restricted lane zone.

The ENDS tab sign (185t) indicates the end of therestricted lane zone.

Guidelines for Use

If the lane use restriction is based on weight, thenthe Rb-39 or Rb-39A LANE USE RESTRICTION signsmust be used. The weight-based LANE USERESTRICTION signs must be used to restrictcommercial vehicles heavier than 4.5 tonnes (or themaximum weight specified by municipal by-law)from travelling in the left lane of designated zones ofmunicipal roads, as controlled by by-law.

If the lane use restriction is based on length, thenthe Rb-40 or Rb-40A LANE USE RESTRICTION signsmust be used. The length-based LANE USERESTRICTION signs must be used to restrictcommercial vehicles (or commercial vehicles towingother vehicles) that are longer than 6.5 m fromtravelling in the left lane of designated zones ofKing’s Highways or of municipal roads, as controlledby by-law. Buses and emergency vehicles areexcepted from this restriction on provincialhighways.

The roads on which LANE USE RESTRICTION signsare used must have three or more lanes in eachdirection and a posted speed of 80 km/h or greater.

LANE USE RESTRICTION signs may either beground-mounted or placed overhead.

LANE USE RESTRICTION sign numbers having an“A” suffix are ground-mounted versions of theoverhead signs with the corresponding numbers.Ground-mounted signs may be used when there isinsufficient opportunity to install overhead signs andadequate visibility is assured. Otherwise, overheadLANE USE RESTRICTION signs should be used.

Page 113: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000112

BEGINS and ENDS tab signs should be attached,respectively, to the first and last LANE USERESTRICTION signs in the zone.

Lane use restrictions do not apply:

• to road building or maintenance equipment whilemaintaining the road or removing snow from thelane use restriction zone; or

• in an emergency.

Location Criteria

Overhead versions of the LANE USE RESTRICTIONsigns must be installed directly above the left lane,in order to be visible to drivers of commercial motorvehicles entering or travelling along the highway.

Spacing of LANE USE RESTRICTION signs shouldtypically be in the range of 4 km to 8 km. Theyshould be posted immediately downstream of eachinterchange or intersection.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 608 (R.R.O. 1990).

Rb-40 and Rb-40A signs are also enforceable inmunicipalities by municipal by-law.

Rb-39 and Rb-39A signs are only enforceable inmunicipalities by municipal by-law.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

MAXIMUM TONNES Sign(Single Gross Weight)

10

25

10

10

25

10

Rb-63 60 cm x 75 cmRb-163 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, Helvetica MediumColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Under some circumstances, such as structuralweakness, it is necessary to limit the gross weightof vehicles on bridges on a temporary, seasonal ormore permanent basis. In some cases, theconfiguration of the heavy vehicle (that is, its divisioninto tractor and trailer units) is not critical to thesafety of the bridge. Rather it is the overall vehicleweight that impacts the bridge structure, and thesame maximum weight restriction applies to bothsingle and combination vehicles. If so, theMAXIMUM TONNES sign (single gross weight)(Rb-63) is used to limit loads on constrained bridges.

Page 114: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 113

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Sign Types

The standard size MAXIMUM TONNES sign(single gross weight) (Rb-63) should be usedwhere posted speed limit is 60 km/h or less.Typically the sign must be used on local streets andminor roads.

The oversize MAXIMUM TONNES sign (singlegross weight) (Rb-163) should be used whereposted speed limit is 70 km/h or greater.

Guidelines for Use

The MAXIMUM TONNES sign (single gross weight)must be used on bridges where the same maximumgross weight applies to single and combinationvehicles.

A structural assessment of the bridge is requiredprior to passing a by-law authorizing the weightrestriction.

Where no legal authority has been established, butan advisory load limit notice is desired, the Wa-63warning sign must be used. The Wa-63 MAXIMUMTONNES ADVISORY sign (single gross weight) isidentical to the Rb-63 sign, except that the advisorysign background is yellow instead of white. (Formore details on the Wa-63 sign, see Book 6(Warning Signs).)

Location Criteria

The sign must be located immediately upstream ofthe bridge to which it applies, or mounted on thebridge structure itself. A supplementary sign may beplaced on the left side of the roadway approachingthe bridge.

If the weight restriction applies at an intermediatepoint along a road where there is no alternativeroute, truck route signing should be provided todivert heavy vehicles to the nearest intersectionwhere a suitable alternative route is available.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 123 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulations 103, 598 and615, Section 4 (R.R.O. 1990).

HTA Regulation 615 shows a version of theMAXIMUM TONNES sign (Single Gross Weight)(Rb-63) that is different than that in OTM Book 5.The HTA version uses the text “maximum weight”instead of “maximum”.

HTA Regulation 615 is expected to be revised to beconsistent with the OTM by September 30, 1998.As of January 1, 1999, all new signs installed mustmatch the version shown in the OTM (and revisedHTA). As of January 1, 2004, all existing signs mustbe replaced with the version shown in the OTM (andrevised HTA).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 115: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000114

MAXIMUM TONNES Sign(Differentiated by Truck Type)

15

15

12

Rb-63A 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, Helvetica MediumColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Like the Rb-63 MAXIMUM TONNES sign (singlegross weight), the Rb-63A MAXIMUM TONNES sign(differentiated by truck type) is used to limit weightsof heavy vehicles on weak bridges. In somesituations, vehicle configuration and the weightdistribution of the different vehicle componentsacross the bridge structure is critical to the safety ofthe bridge. The Rb-63A sign must be used wherestructural engineers have set individual loadrestrictions prescribing the maximum permittedgross vehicle weights for a single vehicle unit (e.g.,a cube truck), a combination of two vehicle units(e.g., a tractor and trailer), and a combination ofthree vehicle units (e.g., a tractor and two trailers).The Rb-63A sign indicates the maximum weight foreach vehicle combination.

Sign Types

There is one type of MAXIMUM TONNES sign(differentiated by truck type): Rb-63A.

Guidelines for Use

The MAXIMUM TONNES sign (differentiated bytruck type) must be used on bridges where differentmaximum gross weights apply to single andcombination vehicles.

A structural assessment of the bridge is requiredprior to passing a by-law authorizing the weightrestriction.

Where no legal authority has been established, butan advisory load limit notice is desired, the Wa-63Awarning sign must be used. The Wa-63AMAXIMUM TONNES ADVISORY sign (differentiatedby truck type) is identical to the Rb-63A sign, exceptthat the advisory sign background is yellow insteadof white. (For more details on the Wa-63A, see Book6 (Warning Signs).)

Location Criteria

The sign must be located immediately upstream ofthe bridge to which it applies, or mounted on thebridge structure itself. A supplementary sign may beplaced on the left side of the roadway approachingthe bridge.

If the weight restriction applies at an intermediatepoint along a road where there is no alternativeroute, truck route signing should be provided todivert heavy vehicles to the nearest intersectionwhere a suitable alternative route is available.

Page 116: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 115

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsections 123.(1) and (2)(R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulations 103, 598 and615, Section 41 (R.R.O. 1990).

The sign must only be used under the authority ofHighway Traffic Act Regulation or municipal by-law.

HTA Regulation 615 shows a version of theMAXIMUM TONNES sign (Differentiated By TruckType) (Rb-63A) that is different than that in OTMBook 5. The HTA version uses the text “maximumweight” instead of “maximum”.

HTA Regulation 615 is expected to be revised to beconsistent with the OTM by September 30, 1998.As of January 1, 1999, all new signs installed mustmatch the version shown in the OTM (and revisedHTA). As of January 1, 2004, all existing signs mustbe replaced with the version shown in the OTM (andrevised HTA).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

LOAD RESTRICTION IN EFFECT Sign

155

12.5

10

8

Rb-76 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic D, Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the LOAD RESTRICTION IN EFFECTsign (Rb-76) is to protect designated sections ofroad from being damaged by heavy commercialvehicles and trailers. The sign is designed fortemporary or seasonal application of the restriction,as appropriate. For example, weight bearing capacityunder spring thaw conditions is lower for someroads.

The LOAD RESTRICTION IN EFFECT sign must beused on designated road sections to indicate thatcommercial motor vehicles or trailers are restrictedfrom using the signed road without a permit. Therestriction applies to any commercial vehicle ortrailer which transmits more than 5 tonnes of weightto the highway with at least one of its axles.

Sign Types

There is one type of LOAD RESTRICTION INEFFECT sign: Rb-76.

Page 117: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000116

Guidelines for Use

The period of time (starting and ending dates), andthe roadway limits upon which the reduced loadrestriction applies, may be designated by the RoadAuthority as supported by municipal by-law. Rb-76signs must be installed on the starting date of therestriction. Once the restriction is lifted, the signsmust be removed immediately.

Location Criteria

The Rb-76 sign must be installed at the beginning ofthe restricted zone and immediately downstream ofeach major intersection. At intersections with non-restricted roadways, the signs should be angledtoward motorists about to turn onto the restrictedroadway, to notify them of the regulation prior toactually making the turn.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsections 122.(5) and (7)(R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 40(R.R.O. 1990).

Time periods that the sign is in effect and roadwaylimits are specified in municipalities by municipalby-law.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

CLASS B ROAD Sign

10

12.5

Rb-77 60 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The CLASS B ROAD sign must be used only onhard-surfaced township or county roads to identifyroads that have been designated as Class B roads bymunicipal by-law. Class B roads are associated withspecific vehicle weight restrictions. Also, it isimportant that Class B roads be identified to driversof trucks and other heavy vehicles, since weightregulations associated with spring thaw conditionssometimes apply only to Class B roads. Theseseasonal weight restrictions further limit the vehicleweights generally allowed on Class B roads.

Sign Types

There is one type of CLASS B ROAD sign: Rb-77.

Guidelines for Use

The following vehicles are prohibited from usingClass B roads:

Page 118: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 117

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

• Vehicles with axle spacings of 2.4 m or more, forwhich the weight on any one axle exceeds 8.2tonnes; and

• Vehicles with axle spacings of less than 2.4 m, forwhich the weight on any one axle exceeds 5.5tonnes.

The Rb-77 CLASS B ROAD sign must not be usedon Class A roads such as:

• Any road within a city, town or incorporatedvillage, except where heavy trucks are prohibitedby municipal by-law; or

• Any hard-surfaced county or township road, unlessdesignated as a Class B road by county ortownship by-law.

CLASS B ROAD signs are not required for Class Broads having a gravel road surface, such astownship or county roads.

Location Criteria

The Rb-77 sign should be installed at the beginningof all Class B, hard-surfaced roadways, at intervalsalong the roadway and immediately downstream ofeach intersection. At intersections with roads thatare not Class B roads, the signs should be angledtoward motorists about to turn onto the Class B road,to notify them of the type of road prior to actuallymaking the turn.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 120 (R.S.O. 1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Class B roads are designated in municipalities bymunicipal by-law.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTION STATIONWHEN LIGHTS FLASHING Sign

20

15

Rb-96 120 cm x 240 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTIONSTATION WHEN LIGHTS FLASHING sign (Rb-96) isto convey to heavy trucks that they must report to aninspection station during the times that the beaconson the sign are flashing.

Page 119: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000118

Sign Types

There is one type of TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTIONSTATION WHEN LIGHTS FLASHING sign: Rb-96.

Guidelines for Use

The TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTION STATION WHENLIGHTS FLASHING sign should be used in thecontext of truck inspection station informationsigning, as described in Book 8 (Directional GuideSigns), Section 5.5. There are two other signs in thetruck inspection station series:

• TRUCK INSPECTION STATION 1 KM sign (G.s-15);

• INSPECTION STATION turn-off sign (G.s-17).

The times that the sign is in effect must correspondto the operating hours of the inspection station.

The double amber beacons must be flashed at a rateof 50 to 60 on and off flashes per minute, with theduration of the on and off flashes beingapproximately equal. (For more information on theoperation of the flashing beacons on the Rb-96 sign,see Book 12 (Traffic Signals).)

Location Criteria

The TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTION STATION WHENLIGHTS FLASHING sign must be located 300 m ormore upstream of the exit to the inspection station.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 124 (R.S.O. 1990) forauthority to have loads weighed.

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Sign must be supported by municipal by-law to beenforceable in municipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

The former sign number of the TRUCKS ENTERINSPECTION STATION WHEN LIGHTS FLASHINGsign is G.s-16, from the King’s Highway GuideSigning Policy Manual.

Page 120: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 119

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNES MUSTHAVE VALID TRANSPONDER Sign

20

12

15

30

22

34

Rb-97 120 cm x 240 cmRb-197 240 cm x 540 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Express Toll Route (ETR) Legend –

Blue Reflectivewith Yellow Reflective StripeBorder Around 407 Legend – Blue ReflectiveLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNESMUST HAVE VALID TRANSPONDER sign is toindicate to heavy vehicles that they are required tohave valid toll devices known as transponders whentravelling on toll roads. The signs should be locatedso that heavy vehicles without valid transpondershave an opportunity to safely take an alternate routeprior to being committed to entering the toll facility.

A transponder is a device used on highways with tollsystems that either have automatic toll lanes withintheir toll collection plazas, or are entirely automated,eliminating the need for any toll plazas. Thetransponder transmits information about the vehicle,such as time of travel and/or class of vehicle, toroadside beacons that read the informationelectronically and send it to a central system forprocessing. The information transmitted enables thesystem to bill the road user accordingly. Alternatively,stored monetary values on the transponder card maybe debited upon passing a beacon.

In the case of toll systems that are partiallyautomated, it is desirable that a large number ofvehicles use the transponder lanes, since vehicles inthese lanes can be processed much faster thanthose in the manual collection lanes of the toll plaza.Increased use of the automatic lanes translates toimproved traffic flow on the facility.

If the entire facility is automated, use oftransponders does not impact the efficiency of thefacility. However, processing vehicle data for billingpurposes is more straightforward for vehicles withtransponders, and therefore facilitates the overalloperation of the toll road.

Sign Types

The standard size VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNESMUST HAVE VALID TRANSPONDER sign(Rb-97) must be used on highways that do not havecontrolled access and that are approach roads to tollhighways. The sign should be used where postedspeed is 80 km/h or less.

The oversize VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNES MUSTHAVE VALID TRANSPONDER sign (Rb-197)must be used on controlled access toll highwaysand on the toll facilities themselves. The sign shouldbe used where posted speed is 90 km/h or greater.

Guidelines for Use

The VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNES MUST HAVE VALIDTRANSPONDER sign applies to vehicles having agross weight or registered gross weight of greaterthan five tonnes.

The criteria for mandating transponders mayvary depending on the nature of the each individualtoll facility. The sign text must convey therequirements specific to the toll facility on which thesigns are used.

Page 121: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000120

The highway number of the toll road and the logo ofthe toll system would normally appear at the top ofthe sign (replacing the “407 ETR Express Toll Route”text shown in the sign diagram above).

Location Criteria

The signs must be placed on all approaches to tollhighways. The location of the sign should enablevehicles without transponders to safely choose analternate route prior to being committed to enteringthe toll facility.

Where problems with compliance have beenexperienced, the sign may be installed on the tollhighway itself, upstream of interchanges wherevehicles may exit the toll facility.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 43.1(R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

11.2 Dangerous GoodsCarrier Control Signs

Dangerous goods carriers are vehicles carryingproducts, substances or organisms that are listed asdangerous goods in the federal Transportation ofDangerous Goods Act, due to the potentialenvironmental and health hazards they pose.Collisions and fires involving dangerous goodscarriers are especially hazardous. Therefore,dangerous goods carriers may be prohibited oncertain routes where there is a greater risk ofcollisions which could have serious impacts, e.g.,high volume traffic areas, heavily populatedresidential areas.

The purpose of DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE signsis to indicate regulations related solely to the roadtransport of dangerous goods by vehicles classifiedas dangerous goods carriers. The signs apply tovehicles which are required to display dangerousgoods placards with the diamond symbol. The signsidentify permitted or prohibited dangerous goodsroutes to the dangerous goods carriers.

Dangerous goods routes are typically identified bypermissive signing (based on the permissive greenannular band symbol), supplemented by prohibitivesigning (based on the interdictory red annular bandsymbol). The permissive signs indicate a continuousroute preferred for use by dangerous goods carriers.Supplementary prohibitive signs may be used whereproblems have been encountered with dangerousgoods carriers using roads from which they areprohibited. (See Book 1b, Section 6.2, for adiscussion of interdictory and permissive symbols.)

Page 122: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 121

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE Sign

Rb-82 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Permissive Symbol – Green Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE Tab Sign

8

Rb-82t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Tab Sign

Rb-61t 45 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the permissive DANGEROUS GOODSROUTE sign is to indicate roads, especiallycontinuous routes through or around an area,designated for vehicles prescribed by federallegislation as dangerous goods carriers.

The sign features a solid black diamond symbol todenote dangerous goods. This is the same symbolshape displayed on the placard of dangerous goodscarriers.

Page 123: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000122

Sign Types

The DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE sign (Rb-82)is the standard permissive sign.

The MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign(Rb-61t) indicates permitted truck movements atintersections. Movements other than thoseillustrated may be shown on the tab, with theappropriate choice of arrows.

The DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE educationaltab sign (Rb-82t) may be used until familiarity ofthe symbol sign is established.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-82 DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE sign andthe Rb-61t MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab signshould only be used on continuous dangerous goodscarrier routes.

The Rb-82 DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE sign on itsown may be used to indicate that truck travel alongthe signed road is permitted.

The Rb-82 sign with the Rb-61t tab sign attachedmust be used at intersections to indicate permittedleft-turn, right-turn and/or straight-throughmovements to access designated dangerous goodsroutes. By implication, movements not indicated onthe tab sign may be prohibited.

Where a dangerous goods route can be accessedby turning left and/or right at an intersection, thesign-tab combination must be installed immediatelyupstream of the intersection to which it applies.

Where a dangerous goods route can only beaccessed by a straight-through movement at anintersection, the sign-tab combination showing thestraight-through arrow may be installed immediately

upstream of the intersection to which it applies.Rb-82 and Rb-61t signs at this location confirm thatthe intersecting road is not a dangerous goodsroute.

The NO DANGEROUS GOODS sign (Rb-83) may beused to supplement permissive dangerous goodsroute signing, where problems have beenencountered with dangerous goods carriers usingroads from which they are prohibited.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Permissivesigning system is not enforceable.

Municipalities do not have the specific authority todesignate dangerous goods routes.

The DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE sign (Rb-82) andthe DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE tab sign (Rb-82t)are not included in HTA Regulation 615, but areexpected to be included by September 30, 1998.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 124: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 123

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO DANGEROUS GOODS Sign

Rb-83 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

DANGEROUS GOODSCARRIERS PROHIBITED Tab Sign

7

Rb-83t 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the prohibitive NO DANGEROUSGOODS sign is to indicate roads on whichdangerous goods carriers are prohibited.

Like the DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE sign (Rb-82),the Rb-83 sign features a solid black diamondsymbol to denote dangerous goods. The symbol isalso displayed on the dangerous goods carriers, inthe form of a dangerous goods placard.

Sign Types

The NO DANGEROUS GOODS sign (Rb-83) isthe standard prohibitive sign.

The DANGEROUS GOODS CARRIERSPROHIBITED educational tab sign (Rb-83t) maybe used until familiarity of the symbol sign isestablished.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-83 NO DANGEROUS GOODS sign may beused to supplement a permissive signing system forcontinuous routes designated for dangerous goodscarriers.

The Rb-83 sign must be installed along a street orhighway on which dangerous goods carriers areprohibited, at its intersection with a dangerousgoods route, to prohibit illegal entry.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference.

Municipalities do not have the specific authority todesignate dangerous goods routes.

The NO DANGEROUS GOODS sign (Rb-83) and theDANGEROUS GOODS CARRIERS PROHIBITED tabsign (Rb-83t) are not included in HTA Regulation615, but are expected to be included by September30, 1998.

Page 125: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000124

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

11.3 Control of Other SpecificVehicle Classes Signs

The group of signs in this subsection coverrestrictions, prohibitions and instructions directed atvehicle classes other than trucks and dangerousgoods carriers. Vehicle classes in this group includeschool buses, tractors, bicycles and snowmobiles.

The signs in this section are intended for use on theroad. Smaller off-roadway signs for bicycles arecovered in Section 14 (Off-roadway Facility ControlSigns).

SCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONE Sign

4

5.5

Rb-89 30 cm x 45 cmRb-189 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

A school bus loading zone is an area designated bymunicipal by-law, where school children are pickedup or dropped off near their school. The SCHOOLBUS LOADING ZONE sign is used to protect schoolbus users while they are boarding and exiting thebus, and to caution drivers to be on guard forunexpected or erratic school bus pedestrian traffic.

Sign Types

The standard SCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONEsign (Rb-89) should be used where posted speed is50 km/h or less.

The oversize SCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONE sign(Rb-189) should be used where posted speed is 60km/h or greater.

Guidelines for Use

School bus loading zones are established bymunicipalities on roads within their jurisdiction.

Page 126: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 125

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

School bus loading zones may be designated ononly one side of the road, the same side as theschool facility.

Location Criteria

One sign with a single-headed arrow pointingtowards the loading zone must be installed at eachend of the school bus loading zone. Where thelength of the loading zone exceeds 60 m, additionalsigns with double-headed arrows must be placed atintervals of no more than 45 m.

The SCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONE sign should beset at an angle of 30 degrees to the direction oftraffic flow, and should always be visible toapproaching traffic.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsections 175.(10) and (13)(R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 28and 29 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

NO TRACTORS Sign

Rb-60 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The NO TRACTORS sign (Rb-60) is used to indicatethe prohibition of tractors and other farm vehiclesfrom travelling on designated sections of freewaysand staged freeways. The intent of the sign is tokeep slow-moving vehicles off high speed freewaysand staged freeways, where they present a hazardto other road traffic, as well as to the farm vehiclesthemselves.

While the sign may refer to other farm vehicles thantractors, the tractor symbol must be used torepresent the other types of farm vehicles. Using thesame symbol eliminates the need for many differentsigns serving similar purposes and better promotesconsistency and driver familiarity with signappearance.

Sign Types

There is one type of NO TRACTORS sign: Rb-60.

Page 127: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000126

Guidelines for Use

The NO TRACTORS sign must be used onspecifically designated sections of freeway, stagedfreeway or other roads with a posted speed of 90km/h or more where specific farm vehicles areprohibited.

The following types of vehicles are prohibited by theNO TRACTORS sign:

• Farm tractors;

• Self-propelled farm implements (implements ofhusbandry), e.g., combine harvester, threshingmachine;

• Motor vehicles designed to draw ploughs;

• Mowing machines;

• Other farm implements used for hauling loads;

• Horses; and

• Horse-drawn vehicles.

The above vehicles are exempted from theprohibition when:

• Crossing a freeway or staged freeway to accesslands where no other means of access exists; or

• Performing highway maintenance activities.

This sign may be used in areas with many farms.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 609 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

BICYCLE ROUTE Sign

Rb-169 60 cm x 60 cmRb-69 45 cm x 45 cm

Font N/AColour Permissive Symbol – Green Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 128: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 127

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Tab Sign

Rb-61t 45 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the BICYCLE ROUTE sign is toindicate the presence of designated roads or off-roadway facilities, especially continuous routesthrough or around an area, upon which bicycles arepermitted to travel.

Sign Types

The standard BICYCLE ROUTE sign (Rb-169)may be used to advise motorists and cyclists ofofficially designated bicycle routes along municipalroadways, where bicycles and vehicles are bothpermitted.

The reduced size BICYCLE ROUTE sign (Rb-69)may be used to guide cyclists along officiallydesignated bicycle routes, such as pathways, that donot carry vehicular traffic.

The MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign(Rb-61t) indicates permitted bicycle movements atintersections. Movements other than thoseillustrated may be shown on the tab, with theappropriate choice of arrows.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-169 BICYCLE ROUTE sign and the Rb-61tMOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign should only beused on continuous bicycle routes.

The Rb-169 BICYCLE ROUTE sign on its own maybe used to indicate that bicycle travel along thesigned road is permitted.

The Rb-169 sign with the Rb-61t tab sign attachedshould be used at intersections to indicate left-turn,right-turn and/or straight-through movements toaccess designated bicycle routes.

Where a bicycle route can be accessed by turningleft and/or right at an intersection, the Rb-169 signtogether with the Rb-61t tab sign should be installedimmediately upstream of the intersection to whichit applies.

Page 129: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000128

Where a bicycle route can only be accessed by astraight-through movement at an intersection, theRb-169 sign together with the Rb-61t tab sign maybe installed immediately upstream of the intersectionto which it applies. Placing the signs at this locationconfirms that the intersecting road is not adesignated bicycle route.

The NO BICYCLES sign (Rb-67) may be used tosupplement permissive bicycle route signing, whereproblems have been encountered with bicycles usingroads from which they are prohibited.

The Rb-169 and Rb-69 signs are not used on King’sHighways.

The Rb-69 sign must not be used on roadways formotorized vehicles. See Section 14 (Off-roadwayFacility Control Signs), for relevant use of the sign.See also Book 18 (Bicycle Facilities).

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

Official sign: not enforceable. However, theprohibitive version of this sign is enforceable under:

• Highway Traffic Act, Subsections 185.(1) and (2)(R.S.O. 1990).

• Highway Traffic Act, Regulations 615, Sections36 and 38 and Regulation 630 (R.R.O. 1990).

• Municipal by-law.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

The reduced size BICYCLE ROUTE sign (Rb-69) isproposed to be relocated to Section 14 (Off-roadwayFacility Control Signs) in the next version of Book 5.

NO BICYCLES Sign

Rb-67 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 130: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 129

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO PEDESTRIANS OR BICYCLES Sign

Rb-68 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The NO BICYCLES sign (Rb-67) and the NOPEDESTRIANS OR BICYCLES sign (Rb-68) prohibitthe access of bicycles and/or pedestrians todesignated freeways, highways or bridges wheretheir presence may create a hazard both tomotorized traffic and to the riders and pedestriansthemselves. While pedestrian control signs arecovered in Section 15 (Miscellaneous ControlSigns), the Rb-68 sign is included here, since itcombines prohibitions for both bicycles (a specificvehicle class) and pedestrians.

Sign Types

There is one type of NO BICYCLES sign: Rb-67.

There is one type of NO PEDESTRIANS ORBICYCLES sign: Rb-68.

Guidelines for Use

The NO BICYCLES sign (Rb-67) and the NOPEDESTRIANS OR BICYCLES sign (Rb-68) must beused on approach ramps to freeways, highways orbridges where the use of the facility by bicycle ridersis prohibited by Highway Traffic Act Regulation ormunicipal by-law.

The NO BICYCLES sign (Rb-67) may be used tosupplement a permissive signing system forcontinuous bicycle routes.

See Book 15 (Pedestrian Control and Protection)and Book 18 (Bicycle Facilities) for furtherinformation on the sign.

Location Criteria

The signs must be placed so that they are visibleprimarily to cyclists and/or pedestrians about toenter the prohibited area, rather than to motorists.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsections 185.(1) and (2)(R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 36,38 and Regulation 630 (R.R.O. 1990).

Sign is also enforceable in municipalities bymunicipal by-law.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Page 131: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000130

Special Considerations

N/A

SNOWMOBILE ROUTE Sign

Rb-64 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Permissive Symbol – Green Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Tab Sign

Rb-61t 45 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Snowmobiles are permitted only on sections of roadwhere their presence does not create a hazard toother traffic and the snowmobiles themselves. Thepurpose of the SNOWMOBILE ROUTE sign (Rb-64)is to indicate roads, especially continuous routesthrough or around an area, upon which motorizedsnow vehicles known as snowmobiles are permittedto travel. In some cases, municipal by-laws expresslyprohibit snowmobiles from making any movementsother than those indicated on permissiveSNOWMOBILE ROUTE signs.

Sign Types

The SNOWMOBILE ROUTE sign (Rb-64) is thestandard permissive sign.

The MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign(Rb-61t) indicates permitted snowmobilemovements at intersections. Movements other thanthose illustrated may be shown on the tab, with theappropriate choice of arrows.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-64 SNOWMOBILE ROUTE sign and theRb-61t MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab sign shouldonly be used on continuous snowmobile routes.

The Rb-64 SNOWMOBILE ROUTE sign on its ownmay be used to indicate that snowmobile travelalong the signed road is permitted.

The Rb-64 sign with the Rb-61t tab sign attachedmust be used at intersections to indicate permittedleft-turn, right-turn and/or straight-throughmovements to access designated snowmobileroutes. By implication, movements not indicated onthe tab sign may be prohibited.

Page 132: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 131

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Where a snowmobile route can be accessed byturning left and/or right at an intersection, the sign-tab combination must be installed immediatelyupstream of the intersection to which it applies.

Where a snowmobile route can only be accessed bya straight-through movement at an intersection, thesign-tab combination showing the straight-througharrow may be installed immediately upstream of theintersection to which it applies. Rb-64 and Rb-61tsigns at this location confirm that the intersectingroad is not a snowmobile route.

The NO SNOWMOBILES sign (Rb-65) may be usedto supplement permissive snowmobile route signing,where problems have been encountered withsnowmobiles using roads from which they areprohibited.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference.

Enforceable in municipalites by municipal by-lawwhich:

• Specifies that snowmobiles are prohibited from allroads other than snowmobile routes indicated bythe permissive snowmobile route signing system;

• Specifies a schedule of roads on whichsnowmobiles are permitted, corresponding to theroads included in the permissive snowmobile routesigning system; or

• Specifies a schedule of roads on whichsnowmobiles are prohibited, corresponding to theroads excluded from the permissive snowmobileroute signing system.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

NO SNOWMOBILES Sign

Rb-65 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the NO SNOWMOBILES sign is toindicate streets and highways on which snowmobiletravel is prohibited.

Page 133: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000132

Sign Types

There is one type of NO SNOWMOBILES sign: Rb-65.

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-65 NO SNOWMOBILES sign may be used tosupplement a permissive signing system forcontinuous snowmobile routes.

The Rb-65 sign, when used, must be installed at theentrance to streets, primarily in residential areas, orat specified locations on highways.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference.

Supporting legislation defining the area and extentof the prohibition should be enacted by municipal by-law, or should be secured under statutes of theMotorized Snow Vehicles Act.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

12. Supplementary TrafficSignal Control Signs

Supplementary traffic signal control signs must beused to regulate the actions of motorists at trafficsignal control intersections:

• Where the intended response to signals is notclear (for example, STOP HERE ON RED SIGNALsign (Rb-78)); or

• Where the normal rules of the road do not apply(for example, NO RIGHT TURN ON RED sign(Rb-79R)).

For more information on traffic signal operations andsignal control equipment, see Book 12 (TrafficSignals).

NO RIGHT TURN ON RED Sign

40

40

Rb-79R 60 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol and Signal Indication –

Red ReflectiveLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Page 134: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 133

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO LEFT TURN ON RED Sign

40

40

Rb-79L 60 cm x 90 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol and Signal Indication –

Red ReflectiveLegend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The NO RIGHT TURN ON RED sign (Rb-79R) or theNO LEFT TURN ON RED sign (Rb-79L) must be usedto indicate that right or left turns, respectively, thatwould otherwise be legal are prohibited during thered phase of the traffic signal.

Sign Types

The NO RIGHT TURN ON RED Sign (Rb-79R)prohibits a right turn, that without the sign would belegal, during the red phase of the traffic signal.

The NO LEFT TURN ON RED Sign (Rb-79L)prohibits a left turn, that without the sign would belegal, during the red phase of the traffic signal.

Guidelines for Use

The no right/left turn on red prohibition may beimplemented and the corresponding signs may beused where:

• There is evidence, through observation and/orrelated collision experience, that many drivers arenot stopping for a red signal prior to making aright or left turn, as required by the HighwayTraffic Act;

• A multiple-phase traffic signal operation is used,where right turns and/or left turns are controlledindependently;

• There is evidence of a relatively large number ofvehicle or vehicle-pedestrian accidents, whichcannot be reduced by other methods; or

• There are a significant number of crossings bychildren, elderly or disabled people.

Location Criteria

The NO RIGHT TURN ON RED sign should bemounted adjacent to, or as close as possible to, theprimary signal head on the right side of theintersection. The NO LEFT TURN ON RED signshould be mounted adjacent to, or as close aspossible to, the secondary signal head on the leftside of the intersection. (See Book 12 (TrafficSignals) for more information on the primary andsecondary signal heads.)

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Subsections21.(3) and (6) (R.R.O. 1990).

Page 135: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000134

HTA Regulation 615 shows versions of the NORIGHT TURN ON RED sign (Rb-79R) and the NOLEFT TURN ON RED sign (Rb-79L) that are differentthan those in OTM Book 5. The HTA versions use thetext “on red” instead of a symbol of a traffic signalhead during the red signal phase.

HTA Regulation 615 was revised to be consistentwith the OTM on June 18, 1998. As of September1, 1998, all new signs installed must match theversion shown in the OTM (and revised HTA). As ofJanuary 1, 2003, all existing signs must bereplaced with the version shown in the OTM (andrevised HTA).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

STOP HERE ON RED SIGNAL Sign

10

Rb-78 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic C, DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The point at which vehicles must stop at asignalized intersection during the red phase istypically indicated by a stop line pavement markingupstream of the signal head. However, theappearance of the traffic signals and the geometryof the intersection provide additional context cluesas to the stop location of the first vehicle in the stopqueue. In some cases, these context clues are notpresent, and the STOP HERE ON RED SIGNAL sign(Rb-78) is used instead to provide supplementaryguidance on where drivers must stop.

Sign Types

There is one type of STOP HERE ON RED SIGNALsign: Rb-78.

Page 136: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 135

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Guidelines for Use

The STOP HERE ON RED SIGNAL sign must beused if:

• The stop location associated with a traffic signalis different than usual, for example where auxiliarytraffic signal heads stop traffic in advance of anintersection; or

• The physical conditions fail to indicate clearly theintended stopping position, for example, at mid-block traffic control signals related to pedestriancrossings, and at portable lane control signalswithin construction zones.

More information on stop lines is provided in Book11 (Markings and Delineation), on pedestriancrossings in Book 15 (Pedestrian Control andProtection) and on portable lane control signals forconstruction in Book 7 (Temporary Conditions).

Location Criteria

The sign must be placed on the right side of theroadway, directly in line with the point at whichmotorists are intended to stop, usually indicated by astop line pavement marking.

An additional sign must be provided on the left sideof a one-way roadway, or on the median of a dividedhighway. The sign should be directly in line with thestop line pavement marking. In this case, the samesign text is used, but the arrow points down to theright, rather than down to the left, and the positionsof the arrow and the “on red” text are reversed.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 144.(5)(c) (R.S.O.1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 606, Subsection4.(2) (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

ADVANCED GREEN WHEN FLASHING Sign

10

Rb-80 60 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The flashing green signal does not have the samemeaning throughout North America. Therefore, itmay be necessary to inform drivers when anadvanced green phase is added in an area wheredrivers are unfamiliar with the concept. TheADVANCED GREEN WHEN FLASHING sign is usedto provide this information.

Page 137: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000136

Sign Types

There is one type of ADVANCED GREEN WHENFLASHING sign: Rb-48.

Guidelines for Use

The ADVANCED GREEN WHEN FLASHING sign maybe used to supplement the flashing green signal toadvise motorists that they are permitted to turn left,turn right or proceed straight through at anintersection while conflicting traffic is stopped.

The sign is normally required only for an educationalperiod of one year. However, consideration may begiven to installing the sign on a permanent basis inareas with many tourists and visitors, e.g., nearborders and airports.

Location Criteria

The sign should be mounted adjacent to the primarytraffic signal head displaying the flashing greenphase, located on the right side of the road.

At wide intersections, it may be beneficial to repeatthe sign adjacent to the secondary traffic signalhead displaying the flashing green phase, located onthe left side of the road or on a median island.

For more information about the flashing green phaseand primary and secondary signal heads, see Book12 (Traffic Signals).

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Sign must besupported by municipal by-law to be enforceable inmunicipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

LEFT-TURN SIGNAL Sign

10

Rb-81 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the LEFT-TURN SIGNAL sign (Rb-81)is to make motorists aware that there is a separatetraffic signal head exclusively for left turns, inaddition to the signal head for all other movements.

Sign Types

There is one type of LEFT-TURN SIGNAL sign:Rb-81.

Page 138: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 137

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Guidelines for Use

The Rb-81 sign must be used to supplement a trafficsignal head which is exclusively controlling leftturns.

Location Criteria

The LEFT-TURN SIGNAL sign must be mounteddirectly beside all left-turn signal heads allocatedexclusively to left turns, facing the left-turn lane.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Sign must besupported by municipal by-law to be enforceable inmunicipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

13. Regulatory ConstructionTraffic Control Signs

Regulatory construction traffic control signs areregulatory signs primarily used in the context oftemporary conditions works, and as such are alsoincluded in Book 7 (Temporary Conditions). However,some of these regulatory signs are also used forapplications that extend beyond the scope oftemporary conditions work.

CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS Sign

8

10

10

Rb-90A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Helvetica Bold Condensed, Highway Gothic DColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

Page 139: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000138

CONSTRUCTION ZONE ENDS Sign

8

10

10

Rb-90B 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Helvetica Bold Condensed, Highway Gothic DColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – White ReflectiveBackground – Black

Purpose and Background

The purpose of CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS/ENDS signs are to indicate to motorists the start andend limits, respectively, of a construction zone.Construction zones are defined by Highway TrafficAct Regulation and municipal by-law. They mayinclude lower speed limits, the use of unlicensedvehicles on-site by construction personnel and higherfines for drivers who violate speed restrictions.

CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS sign alerts drivers toproceed with caution and respond to modifieddriving conditions that may include rough terrain,unusual alignments, narrow lanes, machinery andother objects that pose hazards, and congestion.Conversely, the CONSTRUCTION ZONE ENDS signindicates the end of these driving conditions.

Sign Types

The CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS sign(Rb-90A) indicates the start of a construction zone.

The CONSTRUCTION ZONE ENDS sign (Rb-90B)indicates the end of a construction zone.

Guidelines for Use

The CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS/ENDS signsmust be used to indicate a construction zone on aKing’s Highway. They may also be required forconstruction zones established according tomunicipal by-law.

See Book 7 (Temporary Conditions) for how thesigns are used within the context of temporaryconditions works.

Location Criteria

The CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS sign must beplaced 30 m or more upstream of the start point ofthe construction zone.

The CONSTRUCTION ZONE ENDS sign must beplaced 30 m or more downstream of the end of theconstruction zone.

For placement of the signs in the context of otherTemporary Conditions signs, see Book 7 (TemporaryConditions).

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 128.(8) (R.S.O.1990).

Page 140: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 139

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 42(R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

Former sign number for Rb-90A is TC-41A, and forRb-90B is TC-41B, from the Ontario MUTCD, SectionA-5 (Temporary Conditions).

YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC Sign

12.5

10

60

Rb-91 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Yield Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White

Purpose and Background

The YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC sign is primarilyused during temporary conditions works whenonly one lane is available for low volume traffic.Vehicles travelling in the direction of the closed lanemust share the open lane with oncoming traffic,and the purpose of the sign is to warn these vehiclesthat traffic in the oncoming direction has the right-of-way.

Sign Types

There is one type of YIELD TO ONCOMINGTRAFFIC sign: (Rb-91).

Guidelines for Use

The YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC sign must beused within temporary conditions works where onlyone lane is available for traffic and the traffic volumeis too low to warrant the installation of portable lanecontrol signals or the use of Traffic Control Persons(TCPs) on duty 24 hours per day. Table 4 providestypical traffic volumes for various single lanelengths, below which the YIELD TO ONCOMINGTRAFFIC sign should be used. Above these volumes,portable lane control signals must be used. As thelength of the single lane increases, the risk ofconflict increases, and therefore allowable trafficvolumes are lowered to compensate for theincreased risk.

If Traffic Control Persons are on duty for only part ofthe day, the sign must be covered or removed whena Traffic Control Person is on duty.

The sign may be used for applications that are notassociated with temporary conditions works, e.g., atnarrow bridges that can accommodate only onetraffic lane.

Page 141: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000140

Location Criteria

The sign must face traffic detouring from the closedlane, and must be located upstream of the laneclosure at the distance specified in Table 5.

For placement of the sign in the context of othertemporary conditions signs, see Book 7 (TemporaryConditions).

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Sign must besupported by municipal by-law to be enforceable inmunicipalities.

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 17,provides the meaning of the yield symbol.

Table 4 – Maximum One-wayVolumes for Rb-91 Use

enaLelgniSfohtgneL]m[

emuloVyaw-enOmumixaM]h/selcihev[

51 526

03 075

54 035

06 074

57 044

09 024

501 073

021 063

531 043

051 513

561 503

081 592

591 513

012 582

522 003

042 552

552 572

072 052

582 022

003 042

513 512

033 591

543 002

063 571

deepSdetsoP]h/mk[

maertspUtnemecalPngiS]m[erusolCenaLfo

kroWnoitaruDtrohS

06=< 03–02

07=> 06–05

kroWnoitaruDgnoL

05=< 05–04

07–06 051–001

09–08 051

Table 5 – Placement of Rb-91Upstream of Lane Closure

Page 142: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 141

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2006.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

Former sign number is TC-43, from the OntarioMUTCD, Section A-5 (Temporary Conditions).

ROAD CLOSED Sign

10

70

Rb-92 90 cm x 120 cm

Font Highway Gothic EColour Top Section of Sign:

Legend – Red ReflectiveBorder – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Bottom Section of Sign:Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the ROAD CLOSED sign (Rb-92) isused to indicate to motorists that a road is closed,and therefore inaccessible to all traffic.

Sign Types

There is one type of ROAD CLOSED sign: Rb-92.

Guidelines for Use

The ROAD CLOSED sign must be used when a roadis temporarily closed due to construction activities.

The sign may also be used for temporary roadclosures (e.g., due to weather-related damages) andfor permanent road closures (e.g., abandoned roaddue to construction of new alignment).

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

For placement of the sign in the context of othertemporary conditions signs, see Book 7 (TemporaryConditions).

Legal Status

Public Transportation and Highway ImprovementAct, Subsections 28.(3) (R.S.O. 1990).

Page 143: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000142

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

The sign must be Type III or IV as of January 1,2006.

Type I is minimum requirement prior to the dateindicated.

Special Considerations

Former sign number is TC-46, from the OntarioMUTCD, Section A-5 (Temporary Conditions).

14 Community Safety Zone Sign

COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE signs inform driversthat they are entering a zone that the communityhas designated as an area where the safety of itschildren/citizens is paramount. Traffic relatedoffences committed within the zone are subject toincreased fines (many set fines are doubled such asspeeding and traffic signal related offences).

COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE Sign

7

10

10

10

10

10

7

8

6

6

6

Rc-9: 60 cm x 90 cmFont: Helvetica Bold CondensedColour: Legend & Border - Black

Background - White Reflective

All zones require a sign with a BEGINS tabindicating the start of the designated area and asign with an ENDS tab indicating where the zoneconcludes. Additional signs may be located withinthe zone and are a legal requirement for zonesgreater than 1000 metres in length.

To designate a zone on a municipal road, amunicipal by-law is required. For portions of theKing’s Highway and roadways not under municipaljurisdiction, a regulation under the Highway Traffic

Page 144: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 143

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Act is required to designate a zone. TheseCommunity Safety Zone designations do not takeeffect until the required signs are installed. Allzones have designated times and days defining thetime period when increased fines are in effect;however, these times/days/months do not to appearon the signs.

BEGINS Sign

3.75

3.75

12.5

Rb-84t: 20 cm x 60 cmFont: Highway Gothic CColour: Legend & Border - White Reflective

Background - Black

ENDS Sign

3.75

3.75

12.5

Rb-85t: 20 cm x 60 cmFont: Highway Gothic DColour: Legend & Border - White Reflective

Background - Black

Purpose and Background

The purpose of a COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE signis to indicate to the motorist that they are within azone where fines have been increased through aspecial designation under the Highway Traffic Act.The signs that include the BEGINS and ENDS tabsdefine the legal limits of the zone. The rules of theroad do not change within the zone; only thepenalties for violations of the traffic laws aresubstantially increased.

Community Safety Zones were introduced to Ontarioin the Fall of 1998. These are sections of roadwaywhere public safety is of special concern.Community Safety Zones may include roadwaysnear schools, day care centres, playgrounds, parks,hospitals, senior citizen residences and may also beused for collision-prone areas within a community.

Sign Types

The COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE sign (Rc-9) isthe English-only version of the sign. The BEGINStab sign (Rb-84t) and the ENDS tab sign (Rb-85t) are used at the corresponding start and finishpoints of the zone. Within the zone the Rc-9 is tobe used.

Guidelines for Use

Identification

The knowledge and expertise of local decision-making bodies such as municipal council, municipalengineering staff, police services board as well asinput from local ratepayers associations orcommunity policing committees can be employed inthe identification of Community Safety Zones.Ideally, there should be documented evidence thatpublic safety is of special concern in the area beingconsidered for a Community Safety Zone.

Page 145: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000144

Designation

After the review processes and need determination,the exact location of where the boundary signs willbe posted is required. This information is necessaryfor the legal description of the boundaries of thezone. A Community Safety Zone on a municipalroad requires the establishment of a municipal by-law. For a designation on a King’s Highway, anOntario Regulation approved by the SolicitorGeneral, is required by the Highway Traffic Act.

Individuals, groups and municipalities may apply fora Community Safety Zone designation on a King’sHighway. The Ministry of the Solicitor Generaladministers the approval process and hasestablished application guidelines. The document:Community Safety Zone Application Guidelines forProvincial Highways is available through O.P.P.detachments and MTO Regional Traffic Offices/Sections.

Location

The legislation does not specify limits on the size ofa Community Safety Zone, only that the designationapplies to parts of a highway. The designation ofthe entire length of a particular highway/roadway isnot an intended application of the Community SafetyZone concept. Public safety concerns must beevident for the part of the roadway selected as aCommunity Safety Zone.

Enforcement

The ability of the police to effectively enforcemoving offences must be taken into considerationwhen establishing the size of a Community SafetyZone. A zone that is too long can result inenforcement not being appropriately targeted, tooshort and it may not be clear whether the driver hascommitted a moving offence within the zone. Thenumber and location of Community Safety Zoneswithin each policing area will be critical tosuccessful enforcement.

Location Criteria

The Community Safety Zone signs (“begins” and“ends”) must be located at the limits of the zone asprescribed in the designating municipal by-law orOntario Regulation. Signs must be posted for thezone to be in effect. Zone “begins” and “ends”signs should be located upstream or downstream ofintersections.

For zones equal to / or less than 1000 metres inlength, a sign including a “begins” tab and a signwith an “ends” tab is required in each direction (foursigns in total). Additional signs may be placedwithin the zone. Placement of signs at or near eachintersecting roadway within the zone is also not alegal requirement. However, if a significant feederroad intersects the zone, additional signs may bedesirable to inform the new motorists entering theCommunity Safety Zone.

For zones greater than 1000 metres in length,additional Community Safety Zone signs are requiredwithin the limits of the zone. The spacing ofadditional signs is dependent on the designatedmaximum speed limit of the roadway. When thespeed limit is 60 km/h or less, signs are requiredevery 300 metres, or less. Where the speed limit isgreater than 60 km/h, additional signs are required).

Page 146: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 145

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

every 2 kilometres, or less (Note: higher speedzones require a greater length; however, if a shorterzone was established, under 4 km in length, aminimum of 1 additional sign would be required).

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Sections 214.1 (R.S.O. 1990)

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Section 5.2(R.R.O. 1990)

The application of the sign by municipalities requireslegal approval by municipal by-laws.

Minimum Sheeting Requirements

Type 1

Special Considerations

N/A

15. Off-roadway Facility ControlSigns

Signs for off-roadway facilities are oriented to off-roadway users, such as pedestrians, cyclists, in-lineskaters and horse-riders. In general, the same designprinciples regarding standardization, lettering, colour,application, location, orientation and number of signsapply to off-roadway signs as to on-roadway signs.Special thought, however, is required to addresslateral and vertical placement of signs, as well assign dimensions.

Currently, different versions of off-roadway signs areused by different jurisdictions. The sign designs andthe policies governing the use of these signs needto be discussed and standardized prior to inclusion inthe Ontario Traffic Manual. The next version of Book5 is to include a section on off-roadway facilitycontrol signs.

Page 147: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000146

16. MiscellaneousControl Signs

Miscellaneous control signs include regulatory signsthat do not fall under one of the categoriespreviously discussed in Sections 2 to 13. Along withother miscellaneous traffic control signs, control ofspecific non-vehicle road users, such as pedestrians,is covered under this section.

WALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFIC Sign

8

Rc-1 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

On roads where no sidewalks are provided,pedestrians are safer when they walk on the leftedge of the road facing oncoming traffic. Thepurpose of the WALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFICsign (Rc-1) is to encourage pedestrians to adopt thispractice.

Sign Types

There is one type of WALK ON LEFT FACINGTRAFFIC sign: Rc-1.

Guidelines for Use

The WALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFIC sign shouldbe used only on roads with no sidewalks where:

• there are narrow highway shoulders; or

• collision experience involving pedestriansdemonstrates the need for the sign.

Location Criteria

The WALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFIC sign shouldbe placed on the right side of the road, to addresspedestrians not already walking on the left side.

The sign should be mounted at the outside edge ofthe usable shoulder of the road.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 179 (R.S.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 148: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 147

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE Sign

8

Rc-2 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE signis to prohibit persons from fishing where theirpresence may create a hazard both to other roadusers and themselves.

Sign Types

There is one type of NO FISHING FROM BRIDGESign: Rc-2.

Guidelines for Use

The NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE sign must be usedon bridges where, in the opinion of the RoadAuthority, the presence of people fishing constitutesa hazard to road users and themselves.

Location Criteria

The NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE sign, where used,must be placed at both ends of the bridge facingapproaching pedestrians.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Sign must besupported by municipal by-law to be enforceable inmunicipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 149: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000148

VEHICLES WITH LUGS PROHIBITED Sign

8

Rc-3 45 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Lugs are metal or hard rubber studs or ridges ontires or tracks used to improve traction on dirtsurfaces. Driving vehicles with lugs on their tireson paved roads can cause serious damage to thepavement. The purpose of the VEHICLES WITHLUGS PROHIBITED sign (Rc-3) is to prohibitvehicles with lugs from driving on designatedsections of road.

Sign Types

There in one type of VEHICLES WITH LUGSPROHIBITED sign: (Rc-3).

Guidelines for Use

The VEHICLES WITH LUGS PROHIBITED sign mustbe used where, in the opinion of the Road Authority,there is evidence of vehicles with lugs damaging:

•Pavement;

• Open-mesh decks of lift bridges; or

• Other structures with temporary decking.

Location Criteria

The VEHICLES WITH LUGS PROHIBITED sign (Rc-3)must be installed on roadways crossing those whichprohibit vehicles with lugs, immediately upstream ofthe intersection.

The signs, where required, must also be installed:

• On both ends of lift bridges;

• At the approaches to temporary structures; and

• Appropriately spaced along the highway sectionswhere it is evident that vehicles with lugs havebeen travelling.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 69.(2) (R.S.O.1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 150: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 149

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

NO LITTERING Sign

50

Rc-4 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

MAXIMUM FINE FOR LITTERING Tab Sign

8

Rc-4t 30 cm x 60 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

NO LITTERING AND MAXIMUMFINE FOR LITTERING Sign

50

8

Rc-4A 60 cm x 90 cm

Font Highway Gothic DColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

Litter on the road and in the air interferes with thedriving task, and also detracts from the appearanceof roads. The purpose of the NO LITTERING sign isto remind road users not to litter and to inform themof the consequences of doing so.

Sign Types

The NO LITTERING sign (Rc-4) is the standardsymbol sign.

The supplementary MAXIMUM FINE FORLITTERING tab sign (Rc-4t) may be attached tothe Rc-4 sign to indicate the maximum fine forcontravention.

Page 151: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000150

The NO LITTERING AND MAXIMUM FINE FORLITTERING sign (Rc-4A) incorporates the Rc-4 andRc-4t signs on a single blank.

Guidelines for Use

The NO LITTERING sign may be installed adjacent toroadways where it is found necessary to inform roadusers of regulations that prohibit littering. Evidenceof non-compliance in the form of excessive litterwould be a reason for using the sign.

Location Criteria

The location criteria for this sign are as described forsigns in general, in Book 1b, Section 12 (SignPosition). No exceptional location criteria are noted.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 180 (R.S.O. 1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

NO IN-LINE SKATING Sign

Rc-10 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The NO IN-LINE SKATING sign prohibits the accessof persons travelling on in-line skates to freeways,bridges or other designated highway sections wheretheir presence may pose a hazard to vehicles orthemselves.

Sign Types

There is one type of NO IN-LINE SKATING sign:Rc-10.

Guidelines for Use

The NO IN-LINE SKATING signs may be used onapproach ramps to freeways or bridges where theuse of the facility by in-line skaters is prohibited bymunicipal by-law.

Page 152: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 151

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Location Criteria

The signs must be placed so that they are visibleprimarily to in-line skaters entering the prohibitedarea, rather than to motorists.

Legal Status

No Highway Traffic Act reference. Sign must besupported by municipal by-law to be enforceable inmunicipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

KEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign

12.5

Rc-11 45 cm x 75 cm

Font Highway Gothic CColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign is used to preventmotorists from illegally crossing over the medianstrip between interchanges and at-gradeintersections.

Sign Types

There is one type of KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign:Rc-11.

Guidelines for Use

The KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign must be placed on themedian strip of divided highways only at locationswhere there is evidence that motorists are illegallycrossing over the median strip.

Location Criteria

The KEEP OFF MEDIAN sign, if used, must beinstalled on the median strip.

Two signs, back to back on the same post, must beinstalled so as to be visible by both directions oftraffic flow.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 156 (R.S.O. 1990).

No Highway Traffic Act Regulation to support thissign. Sign must be supported by municipal by-law tobe enforceable in municipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

N/A

Page 153: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000152

.NO PEDESTRIANS Sign

Rc-12 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Interdictory Symbol – Red Reflective

Legend & Border – BlackBackground – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

This NO PEDESTRIANS sign prohibits the access ofpedestrians to freeways, bridges or other designatedhighway sections where their presence may create ahazard to both motorized traffic and themselves.

Sign Types

There is one type of NO PEDESTRIANS sign:Rc-12.

Guidelines for Use

The NO PEDESTRIAN sign must be used onapproach ramps to freeways, highways or bridgeswhere the use of the facility by pedestrians isprohibited by Highway Traffic Act Regulation ormunicipal by-law.

Location Criteria

The signs must be placed so that they are visibleprimarily to pedestrians entering the prohibited area,rather than to motorists.

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Subsection 185.(1) (R.S.O.1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 615, Sections 37and Regulation 627 (R.R.O. 1990).

Sign must be supported by municipal by-law to beenforceable in municipalities.

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

Where a pedestrian prohibition is combined with abicycle prohibition, the Rb-68 NO PEDESTRIANS ORBICYCLES sign is used. This sign is discussed underSection 11 (Specific Vehicle Class Control Signs),since it includes a prohibition for bicycles (a specificvehicle class).

FASTEN SEAT BELT Sign

Rc-13 60 cm x 60 cm

Font N/AColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Page 154: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 153

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

COMPULSORY Tab Sign

8.5

Rc-13t 20 cm x 60 cm

Font Helvetica Bold CondensedColour Legend & Border – Black

Background – White Reflective

Purpose and Background

The purpose of the FASTEN SEAT BELT sign is toremind passengers in vehicles to ensure that theirseat belts are fastened while the vehicle is travelling.Due to proven safety benefits, the use of seat beltsis mandatory. For maximum effectiveness, the signis placed where vehicles are about to enter theroadway, where passengers are most likely to requirereminding about seat belts.

Sign Types

The FASTEN SEAT BELT sign (Rc-13) is thestandard symbol sign.

The COMPULSORY tab sign (Rc-13t) is asupplementary tab sign indicating that use of seatbelts is mandatory by law.

Guidelines for Use

The FASTEN SEAT BELT sign is typically used at exitsfrom various facilities which lead to the road andhighway system. Signs are not normally visible tomotorists travelling on the roads and highways.

The FASTEN SEAT BELT sign should be consideredat exits from locations which generate a largepercentage of foreign or tourist traffic, where driversmay be unfamiliar with Ontario seat belt laws. TheCOMPULSORY tab sign may also be used at theselocations.

Location Criteria

The FASTEN SEAT BELT sign may be installed atexits from the following:

• Provincial and municipal buildings (particularlythose generating high public traffic volumes, suchas court buildings, licensing offices, hospitals,police stations, travel information centres);

• Freeway service centres;

• Border crossings;

• Ferry crossings;

• Airports;

• Roadside parks; and

• Provincial parks.

Where major traffic generators have exits leading toa highway, the installation of FASTEN SEAT BELTsigns should be considered, including locations suchas the following:

• Shopping plazas;

• Industrial parking lots;

• Racetrack exits; and

• Hospitals and high schools.

Page 155: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000154

Legal Status

Highway Traffic Act, Section 106 (R.S.O. 1990).

Highway Traffic Act, Regulation 613 (R.R.O. 1990).

Minimum Sheeting Requirement

Type I

Special Considerations

The former sign number of the FASTEN SEAT BELTsign is G.s-13, and of the COMPULSORY tab sign isG.s-13t, both from the King’s Highway GuideSigning Policy Manual.

17. Signs Renumbered, Addedor Proposed for Relocationto Other Books

17.1 Signs Renumbered or Added

In general, sign numbers used in Book 5 areconsistent with those in the Ontario Manual ofUniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). In a fewinstances, however, it was necessary to renumbersigns or add new sign numbers. Signs wererenumbered or added for the following reasons:

• To simplify numbering conventions, such asdouble-letter suffixes;

• To maintain consistency with other sign numbers;

• To accommodate changes in sign sub-classes,for example from miscellaneous control signs(sub-class Rc) to road use control signs (sub-class Rb); or

• To accommodate signs from other sources,including MUTCD signs that were previously notregulatory signs, signs from the King’s HighwayGuide Signing Policy Manual (KHGSPM), signsincluded in the Highway Traffic Act and signsfrom municipalities.

Table 6 lists signs that have been renumbered for,or added to, Book 5, and their sources (other thanMUTCD Section A-2 (Regulatory Section)), ifapplicable.

Page 156: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 155

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

17.2 Signs Proposed forRelocation to Other Books

As a result of a Technical Advisory Committeereview for Book 5, specific signs have beenproposed for relocation from Book 5 to other Booksof the Ontario Traffic Manual. Until these Books arerevised, placeholders for the signs proposed forrelocation have been retained in Book 5. For eachsign in this category, a note stating that the sign hasbeen earmarked for relocation is included under the“Special Considerations” heading of the signdescription.

Signs proposed to be relocated from Book 5 arelisted in Table 7.

noitamrofnIngiS5kooB noitacoLweNdesoporP

emaNngiS rebmuNngiS emaNkooB rebmuNkooB

ngiSNOTTUBHSUPNAIRTSEDEP 11-aR sngiSgninraW 6kooB

DAEHAMK2ENALGNISSAP 03-bR sngiSediuGlanoitceriDrosngiSgninraW 8kooBro6kooB

Table 6 – Signs Proposed for Relocation from Book 5 to Other OTM Books

Page 157: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000156

rebmuNweN rebmuNsuoiverP emaNngiS *ecruoS

A9-aR tlA9-aR ngiSEDISREHTOSSORC

A1-bR tlA1-bR dedulcniH/MKhtiwngiSDEEPSMUMIXAM

t7-bR 7-bR baTH/MK

12-bR A12-bR ngiSYAW-ENO

93-bR – )daehrevo,skcurt(ngiSNOITCIRTSERESUENAL-awattOfoytilapicinuMlanoigeR

notelraC

A93-bR – )detnuom-dnuorg,skcurt(ngiSNOITCIRTSERESUENAL-awattOfoytilapicinuMlanoigeR

notelraC

A26-bR – )noitcirtseremithtiw(ngiSSKCURTYVAEHON otnoroTfoytiC

69-bR 61-s.GSTHGILNEHWNOITATSNOITCEPSNIRETNESKCURT

ngiSGNIHSALFgningiSediuGyawhgiHs'gniK

launaMyciloP

79-bR –DILAVEVAHTSUMSENNOT5REVOSELCIHEV

ngiSREDNOPSNARTtcAciffarTyawhgiH

t48-bR at48-bR baTSNIGEB

t58-bR bt48-bR baTSDNE

t481-bR at58-bR )ezisrevo(baTSNIGEB

t581-bR bt58-bR )ezisrevo(baTSDNE

88-bR – ngiSSNOSREPEROMRO3 otnoroTfoytiC

98-bR 5-cR ngiSENOZGNIDAOLSUBLOOHCS

B09-bR,A09-bR B14-CT,A14-CT ngiSSDNE/SNIGEBENOZNOITCURTSNOCsnoitidnoCyraropmeTDCTUM

)5-AnoitceS(

19-bR 34-CT CIFFARTGNIMOCNOOTDLEIYsnoitidnoCyraropmeTDCTUM

)5-AnoitceS(

29-bR 64-CT ngiSDESOLCDAORsnoitidnoCyraropmeTDCTUM

)5-AnoitceS(

39-bR 6-cR ngiSTIMREPGNIKRAPDELBASID

49-bR – ngiSNOITPMEXEGNIDNATSDELBASID tcAciffarTyawhgiH

59-bR – ngiSNOITPMEXEGNIPPOTSDELBASID tcAciffarTyawhgiH

01-cR – ngiSGNITAKSENIL-NION DCTUMnaidanaC

11-cR 47-bR ngiSNAIDEMFFOPEEK

21-cR 66-bR ngiSSNAIRTSEDEPON

31-cR 31-s.G ngiSTLEBTAESNETSAFgningiSediuGyawhgiHs'gniK

launaMyciloP

t31-cR t31-s.G ngiSbaTYROSLUPMOCgningiSediuGyawhgiHs'gniK

launaMyciloP

noitceSyrotalugeRDCTUMnahtrehtO*

Table 7– Signs Renumbered or Added

Page 158: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 157

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY sign, Application ofon continuous wide median, 7, Figure 7

Dynamic sign technologies, 1.7

EEnforceability of signs, 1.1

External illumination, 1.4

FFarm vehicles, 11.3

Flashing beacons, 1.6

GGeneral parking control signs, 10.1

General truck control signs, 11.1

HHeavy vehicle configuration, 11.1

High intensity sheeting, 1.4, Table 1

High intensity sheeting, Prescribed implementationdates, 1.4, Table 1

High intensity sheeting, Specifications, 1.4

High occupancy vehicles, 9.2

Highway Traffic Act, Enforceability under, 1.1

IIn-line skating, 15, 16

Interdictory symbol, 4.1, 6, 8, 10.1, 10.2, 11.1,11.2, 11.3, 12, 16

Internal illumination, 1.4

Islands, Traffic, 8

KKEEP RIGHT sign, Location of at signalized urban

intersection, 8, Figure 10

KEEP RIGHT sign, Need for illumination, 8

KEEP RIGHT sign, Use of flashing beacons with, 8,Figure 9

Subject Index

AAdvanced green phase, 12

All-way stop controls, 2

Application of regulatory signs, 1.1

BBicycles, 9.2, 11, 11.3, 15, 16

Bicycle route, 11.3

CChangeable message signs, 1.7

Class B road, 11.1

Classification of regulatory signs, 1.2

Community Safety Zone signs, 14

Construction zone, 13

Continuous wide median, 7, Figure 7

DDangerous goods carrier, 11.2

Dangerous goods carrier control signs, 11.2

Dangerous goods placard, 11.2

Dangerous goods route, 11.2

Design of regulatory signs, 1.3

Diamond lanes, 9.2

Disabled parking control exemption signs, 10.2

Disabled Persons Parking Permit, 10.2

DO NOT ENTER sign, Application of at freeway exitramps, 7, Figure 8

DO NOT ENTER sign, Application of on continuouswide median, 7, Figure 7

DO NOT ENTER sign, Use of time restrictions with, 7

DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY sign, Application ofat freeway exit ramps, 7, Figure 8

Page 159: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000158

LLane designation signs, 9

Lane use restriction, length-based, 11.1

Lane use restriction signs, Overhead and ground-mounting, 11.1

Lane use restriction, weight-based, 11.1

Legal authority, 1.1

Location of signs, 1.5

Lugs, Vehicles with, 15

MMedian strips, Raised or Depressed, 8

Miscellaneous control signs, 1.2, 15, 16

Multi-way traffic control signs, 8

Municipal by-law, Enforceability under, 1.1

OOff-roadway facility control signs, 15

Official signs, 1.1

One-way and two-way traffic control signs,Applications of at continuous wide medians, 7, 8,Figure 7

ONE-WAY signs, Typical locations of, 7, Figure 6

One-way traffic control signs, 7

Ontario Traffic Manual Committee, 1.1

Other specific vehicle classes, Signs for control of,11.3

PParking control legends, 10.1, Table 3

Parking control signs, 10

Parking control signs, benefits of, 10

Parking duration restrictions, 10.1

Parking prohibitions, 10.1

Passing lane, 8

Passing prohibition, Exceptional situations, 8

Passing prohibition, On passing lanes in single lanedirection, 8

Passing prohibition, Typical situations, 8

Pedestrian crossings, 4.1

Pedestrian crossing signs, 4

Pedestrian crossover, Use on one-way roads, 4.2

Pedestrian crossovers, 4.1, 4.2

Pedestrian crossovers, Pavement markingsassociated with, 4.2

Pedestrian crossovers, Warning signs associatedwith, 4.2

Pedestrian rules of the road, 4.1

Pedestrians, 1.2, 2, 4.1, 4.2, 8, 11.3, 12, 15, 16

Permissive snowmobile route, By-law support of,11.3

Permissive symbol, 6, 8, 10.1, 11.1, 11.2, 11.3

Permissive truck route, By-law support of, 11.1

Piers, 8

Prescribed signs, 1.1

RRegulatory construction traffic control signs, 13

Regulatory signs, Definition of, 1.1

Renumbered signs, 17.1, Table 7

Reserved lane signs, 9.2

Reserved lane signs, Overhead and ground-mounting, 9.2

Reserved lane signs, Pavement markings for, 9.2

Retroreflectivity, 1.4, Table 1

Right-of-way control, Amendment of at intersections,2

Right-of-way control, Increasing levels of, 2

Right-of-way control, Rules of the road for, 2

Right-of-way control signs, 1.2, 2, 3, 4

Road classifications for determining sign types, 1.1,Figure 1

Road use control signs, 1.2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11,12, 13

Rural freeways, 1.1, Figure 1

Rural non-freeways, 1.1, Figure 1

Page 160: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 159

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

SSchool bus flashing signals, 8

School bus loading zone, 11.3

School Bus Route, 8

School zone, 5

School zone, Speed reduction at, 5

School zones, Application on high speed roads, 5

Seasonal load restrictions, 11.1

Seat belts, 16

Sign design, Environment, 1.3

Sign dimensions, 1.3

Sign size, Factors impacting, 1.2, 1.3

Sign size, Speed ranges, 1.2

Signs proposed for relocation to other books, Table 7

Snowmobile route, 11.3

Specific vehicle class control signs, 11

Speed control, 5

Speed limit control devices, Placement of, 5,Figure 4

Speed limit signs, Use of tabs and single blanksigns, 5

Speed zone, Advance warning of, 5

Standing, Definition of, 10

Standing prohibitions, 10.1

Statutory speeds, 5

Stop line, 12

STOP signs, Conditions warranting, 2

STOP signs, Typical locations of, 2, Figure 2

STOP signs, Use of flashing beacons with, 2

Stopping, Definition of, 10

Stopping prohibitions, 10.1

Sub-classes of regulatory signs, 1.2

Supplementary traffic signal control signs, 12

TTab signs, Educational, 3, 4.1, 7, 8, 9.2, 11.2, 12

Temporary conditions works, 13

Time-of-day restrictions for reserved lane signs, 9.2

Time-of-day restriction for turn control, 6

Time-of-day restrictions for turn lane designationsigns, 9.1

Toll roads, 11.1

Traffic Control Persons, 2, 13

Transponder, 11.1

Truck climbing lane, 8

Truck inspection station, 11.1

Truck route, 11.1

Turn control, Bus exception, 6

Turn control, permissive signs for, 6

Turn control signs, 6

Turn control signs, Application for one-way control, 6

Turn control signs, Typical locations at unsignalizedintersection, 6, Figure 5

Turn control signs, Use of for time restricted entryprohibition, 6

Turn lane designation signs, 9.1

Turn lane designation signs, For centre lane optional,9.1, Figure 15

Turn lane designation signs, For double left turns,9.1, Figure 14

Turn lane designation signs, For double right turns,9.1, Figure 13

Turn lane designation signs, Overhead and ground-mounting, 9.1

Turn lane designation signs, Pavement markings for,9.1

Two-way left-turn lane, 9.1

Two-way traffic control signs, 8

TWO-WAY TRAFFIC sign, Typical locations of, 7, 8,Figure 6

UUnenforceable signs, 1.1

Urban freeways, 1.1, Figure 1

Urban non-freeways, 1.1, Figure 1

WWalk signal pushbutton, 4.1

Page 161: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000160

YYIELD signs, Conditions warranting, 3

YIELD signs, Use at acceleration lanes and/ortapers, 3, Table 2

YIELD signs, Use at roundabouts, 3

YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC sign, Placement,13, Table 5

YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC sign, Volumeswarranting use, 13, Table 4

Sign Name Index

3 OR MORE PERSONS Sign (Rb-88), 9.2, 17.1,Table 7

AADVANCED GREEN WHEN FLASHING Sign (Rb-80),

12

ALL MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Sign (Rb-46), 9.1

ALL-WAY Tab Sign (Ra-1t), 2, Figure 1

BBEGINS Tab Sign (Rb-84t), 5, 9.2, 14, 17.1, Table 7

BEGINS Tab Sign (Rb-184t), 9.2, 11.1,17.1, Table 7

BICYCLE ROUTE Sign (Rb-69), 11.3

BOTH DIRECTIONS Tab Sign (Rb-37t), 8

BUSES EXCEPTED Tab Sign (Rb-10t), 6

CCLASS B ROAD Sign (Rb-77), 11.1

COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE SIGN (Rc-9), 14

COMPULSORY Tab Sign (Rc-13t), 16, 17.1, Table 7

CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS/ENDS Sign(Rb-90A, Rb-90B), 13, 17.1, Table 7

CROSS ON GREEN LIGHT ONLY Sign (Ra-6), 4.1

CROSS ON WALK SIGNAL ONLY Sign (Ra-7), 4.1

CROSS ONLY AT CROSSOVER Sign (Ra-8), 4.1

CROSS OTHER SIDE Sign (Ra-9, Ra-9A), 4.1, 16.1,Table 6, Figure 3

DDANGEROUS GOODS CARRIERS PROHIBITED Tab

Sign (Rb-83t), 11.2

DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE Symbol Sign (Rb-82),11.2

DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE Tab Sign (Rb-82t),11.2

DISABLED PARKING PERMIT Sign (Rb-93), 10.2,17.1, Table 7

Page 162: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 161

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

DISABLED STANDING EXEMPTION Sign (Rb-94),10.2, 17.1, Table 7

DISABLED STOPPING EXEMPTION Sign (Rb-95),10.2, 17.1, Table 7

DO NOT ENTER Sign (Rb-19), 7, Table 1, Figure 6,Figure 7, Figure 8

DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY Sign (Rb-20), 7,Table 1 Figure 7, Figure 8

DO NOT ENTER Tab Sign (Rb-19t), 7, Table 1

DO NOT PASS Sign (Rb-31), 8, Table 1

EENDS Tab Sign (Rb-85t), 9.2, 14,17.1, Table 7

ENDS Tab Sign (Rb-185t), 9.2, 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

FFASTEN SEAT BELT Sign (Rc-13), 16, 17.1, Table 7

KKEEP OFF MEDIAN Sign (Rc-11), 16, 17.1, Table 7

KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS Sign (Rb-33), 8,Figure 11, Figure 12

KEEP RIGHT Sign (Rb-25), 8, Table 1, Figure 7,Figure 8, Figure 9, Figure 10

KM/H Tab Sign (Rb-7t), 5, 17.1, Table 7

LLANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (length-based,

ground-mounted) (Rb-40A), 11.1

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (length-based,overhead) (Rb-40), 11.1

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (trucks, ground-mounted) (Rb-39A), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

LANE USE RESTRICTION Sign (trucks, overhead)(Rb-39), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

LEFT LANE Tab Sign (Rb-41t), 9.1

LEFT OR RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign (Rb-45), 9.1,Figure 15

LEFT TURN ONLY Sign (Rb-41), 9.1, Figure 14,Figure 15

LEFT-TURN SIGNAL Sign (Rb-81), 12

LOAD RESTRICTION IN EFFECT Sign (Rb-76), 11.1

MMAXIMUM FINE FOR LITTERING Tab Sign (Rc-4t),

15

MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD Sign (Rb-5), 5, Figure 4

MAXIMUM SPEED BEGINS Sign (Rb-2), 5, Figure 4

MAXIMUM SPEED KM/H and BEGINS Sign (on oneblank) (Rb-3), 5

MAXIMUM SPEED Sign (Rb-1), 5, Figure 4

MAXIMUM SPEED Sign with KM/H included(Rb-1A), 5, 17.1, Table 7

MAXIMUM TONNES Sign (differentiated by trucktype) (Rb-63A), 11.1

MAXIMUM TONNES Sign (single gross weight)(Rb-63), 11.1

MOVEMENTS PERMITTED Tab Sign (Rb-61t), 11.1,11.2, 11.3

NNO BICYCLES Sign (Rb-67), 11.3

NO DANGEROUS GOODS Symbol Sign (Rb-83),11.2

NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE Sign (Rc-2), 16

NO HEAVY TRUCKS Sign (Rb-62), 11.1

NO HEAVY TRUCKS Sign (with time restriction)(Rb-62A), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

NO IN-LINE SKATING Sign (Rc-10), 16, 17.1, Table 7

NO LEFT TURN ON RED Sign (Rb-79L), 12

NO LEFT TURN Sign (Rb-12), 6, Table 1, Figure 6

NO LEFT TURN Sign (specified times) (Rb-12A), 6,Table 1, Figure 5

NO LITTERING AND MAXIMUM FINE FORLITTERING Sign (Rc-4A), 16

NO LITTERING Sign (Rc-4), 16

NO PARKING, EMERGENCY PARKING ONLY Sign(Rb-58), 10.1

NO PARKING Sign (Rb-51), 10.1

NO PARKING Sign (with days) (Rb-51A), 10.1,Table 3

Page 163: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000162

NO PARKING Sign (with days and times) (Rb-52),10.1, Table 3

NO PARKING, SNOW ROUTE Sign (Rb-57), 10.1

NO PASSING HERE TO CROSSING Sign (Ra-10),4.2

NO PEDESTRIANS Sign (Rc-12), 16, 17.1, Table 7

NO PEDESTRIANS OR BICYCLES Sign (Rb-68), 11.3

NO RIGHT TURN ON RED Sign (Rb-79R), 12

NO RIGHT TURN Sign (Rb-11), 6, Table 1

NO RIGHT TURN Sign (specified times) (Rb-11A), 6,Table 1, Figure 5

NO SNOWMOBILES Sign (Rb-65), 11.3

NO STANDING Sign (Rb-54), 10.1

NO STANDING Sign (with days and times) (Rb-54A),10.1, Table 3

NO STOPPING Sign (Rb-55), 10.1

NO STOPPING Sign (with days) (Rb-55A), 10.1,Table 3

NO STOPPING Sign (with days and times) (Rb-56),10.1, Table 3

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN Sign(Rb-14), 6, Table 1

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURN Sign(Rb-13), 6, Table 1

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH Sign (Rb-10), 6, Table 1

NO STRAIGHT THROUGH Sign (specified times)(Rb-10A), 6, Table 1

NO TRACTORS Sign (Rb-60), 11.3

NO TURNS Sign (Rb-15), 6, Table 1, Figure 5

NO U-TURNS Sign (Rb-16), 6, Table 1, Figure 5

OONE-WAY Sign (Rb-21), 7, 17.1, Table 1, Table 7,

Figure 6, Figure 7

PPARKING RESTRICTED Sign (with days, times and

duration) (Rb-53), 10.1, Table 3

PASS WITH CARE Tab Sign (Rb-35t), 8

PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD Sign (Rb-30), 8, 17.2,Table 6, Figure 11, Figure 12

PASSING PERMITTED Sign (Rb-35), 8

PEDESTRIAN MUST PUSH BUTTON TO RECEIVEWALK SIGNAL Symbol Sign (Ra-13), 4.1

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Sign (Ra-11), 4.2, 17.2,Table 6

PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Symbol Sign (withdirectional arrow) (Ra-12), 4.1

PEDESTRIAN X Crossover Sign (Ra-4), 4.2, Figure 3

RRESERVED BICYCLE LANE Sign (ground-mounted)

(Rb-84A), 9.2

RESERVED BICYCLE LANE Sign (overhead) (Rb-84),9.2

RESERVED LANE Sign (multiple vehicle classes,ground-mounted, no days and times) (Rb-86A),9.2

RESERVED LANE Sign (multiple vehicle classes,overhead, no days and times) (Rb-86), 9.2

RESERVED LANE Sign (one or multiple vehicleclass(es), ground-mounted, days and times)(Rb-87A), 9.2

RESERVED LANE Sign (one or multiple vehicleclass(es), overhead, days and times) (Rb-87), 9.2

RESERVED LANE Sign (one vehicle class, ground-mounted, no days and times) (Rb-85A), 9.2

RESERVED LANE Sign (one vehicle class, overhead,no days and times) (Rb-85), 9.2

RIGHT LANE Tab Sign (Rb-42t), 9.1

RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign (Rb-42), 9.1, Figure 13,Figure 15

ROAD CLOSED Sign (Rb-92), 13, 17.1, Table 1,Table 7

SSCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONE Sign (Rb-89), 11.3,

17.1, Table 7

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED Sign (Rb-6), 5

SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHENFLASHING Sign (Rb-6A), 5

SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign (Rb-34), 8

Page 164: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 163

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

SNOWMOBILE ROUTE Sign (Rb-64), 11.3

STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS Tab Sign (Ra-4t), 4.2,Figure 3

STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHEN SIGNALSFLASHING Sign (Rb-37), 8

STOP HERE ON RED SIGNAL Sign (Rb-78), 12

STOP Sign (Ra-1), 2, Table 1, Figure 2, Figure 7,Figure 8

STRAIGHT THROUGH ONLY Sign (Rb-47), 9.1

STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN ONLY Sign(Rb-43), 9.1

STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURN ONLY Sign(Rb-44), 9.1

TTHROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT Sign (Rb-27), 8

TRUCK ROUTE Sign (Rb-61), 11.1

TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTION STATION WHENLIGHTS FLASHING Sign (Rb-96), 11.1, 17.1,Table 7

TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE Sign (Rb-48), 9.1

TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE, CENTRE LANE ONLYSign (Rb-48A), 9.1

TWO-WAY TRAFFIC Sign (Rb-24), 8, Table 1,Figure 6

VVEHICLES OVER 5 TONNES MUST HAVE VALID

TRANSPONDER (Rb-97), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

VEHICLES WITH LUGS PROHIBITED Sign (Rc-3), 15

WWALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFIC Sign (Rc-1), 16

YYIELD CENTRE LANE TO OPPOSING TRAFFIC Sign

(Rb-36), 8, Table 1, Figure 11

YIELD Sign (Ra-2), 3, Table 1, Table 2, Figure 7

YIELD Tab Sign (Ra-2t), 3, Table 1

YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC Sign (Rb-91), 13,17.1, Table 1, Table 4, Table 5, Table 7

Page 165: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000164

Sign Number Index

Ra Signs

Ra-1 (STOP), 2, Table 1, Figure 2, Figure 7, Figure 8

Ra-1t (ALL-WAY tab), 2, Table 1

Ra-2 (YIELD), 3, Table 1, Table 2, Figure 7

Ra-2t (YIELD tab), 3, Table 1

Ra-4 (PEDESTRIAN X Crossover), 4.2, Figure 3

Ra-4t (STOP FOR PEDESTRIANS tab), 4.2, Figure 3

Ra-6 (CROSS ON GREEN LIGHT ONLY), 4.1

Ra-7 (CROSS ON WALK SIGNAL ONLY), 4.1

Ra-8 (CROSS ONLY AT CROSSOVER), 4.1

Ra-9, Ra-9A (CROSS OTHER SIDE), 4.1, 171, Table7, Figure 3

Ra-10 (NO PASSING HERE TO CROSSING), 4.2

Ra-11 (PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON), 4.2, 17.2,Table 6

Ra-12 (PEDESTRIAN PUSHBUTTON Symbol withdirectional arrow), 4.1

Ra-13 (PEDESTRIAN MUST PUSH BUTTON TORECEIVE WALK SIGNAL Symbol), 4.1

Rb Signs

Rb-1 (MAXIMUM SPEED), 5, Figure 4

Rb-1A (MAXIMUM SPEED with KM/H included), 5,17.1, Table 7

Rb-2 (MAXIMUM SPEED BEGINS), 5, Figure 4

Rb-3 (MAXIMUM SPEED KM/H and BEGINS on oneblank), 5

Rb-5 (MAXIMUM SPEED AHEAD), 5, Figure 4

Rb-6 (SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED), 5

Rb-6A (SCHOOL ZONE MAXIMUM SPEED WHENFLASHING), 5

Rb-7t (KM/H tab), 5, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-10 (NO STRAIGHT THROUGH), 6, Table 1

Rb-10A (NO STRAIGHT THROUGH with specifiedtimes), 6, Table 1

Rb-10t (BUSES EXCEPTED tab), 6

Rb-11 (NO RIGHT TURN), 6, Table 1

Rb-11A (NO RIGHT TURN specified times), 6, Table1, Figure 5

Rb-12 (NO LEFT TURN), 6, Table 1, Figure 6

Rb-12A (NO LEFT TURN specified times), 6, Table 1,Figure 5

Rb-13 (NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURN),6, Table 1

Rb-14 (NO STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN),6, Table 1

Rb-15 (NO TURNS), 6, Table 1, Figure 5

Rb-16 (NO U-TURNS), 6, Table 1, Figure 5

Rb-19 (DO NOT ENTER), 7, Table 1, Figure 6, Figure7, Figure 8

Rb-19t (DO NOT ENTER tab), 7, Table 1

Rb-20 (DO NOT ENTER / WRONG WAY), 7, Table 1,Figure 7, Figure 8

Rb-21 (ONE-WAY), 7, 16.1, Table 1, Table 6, Figure6, Figure 7

Rb-24 (TWO-WAY TRAFFIC), 8 , Table 1, Figure 6

Rb-25 (KEEP RIGHT), 8, Table 1, Figure 7, Figure 8,Figure 9, Figure 10

Rb-27 (THROUGH TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT), 8

Rb-30 (PASSING LANE 2 KM AHEAD), 8, 17.2,Table 6, Figure 11, Figure 12

Rb-31 (DO NOT PASS), 8, Table 1

Rb-33 (KEEP RIGHT EXCEPT TO PASS), 8, Figure 11,Figure 12

Rb-34 (SLOWER TRAFFIC KEEP RIGHT), 8

Rb-35 (PASSING PERMITTED), 8

Rb-35t (PASS WITH CARE tab), 8

Rb-36 (YIELD CENTRE LANE TO OPPOSINGTRAFFIC), 8, Table 1, Figure 11

Rb-37 (STOP FOR SCHOOL BUS WHEN SIGNALSFLASHING), 8

Rb-37t (BOTH DIRECTIONS tab), 8

Rb-39 (LANE USE RESTRICTION trucks, overhead),11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Page 166: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 165

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Rb-39A (LANE USE RESTRICTION trucks, ground-mounted), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-40 (LANE USE RESTRICTION length-based,overhead), 11.1

Rb-40A (LANE USE RESTRICTION length-based,ground-mounted), 11.1

Rb-41 (LEFT TURN ONLY), 9.1, Figure 14, Figure 15

Rb-41t (LEFT LANE tab), 9.1

Rb-42 (RIGHT TURN ONLY), 9.1, Figure 13, Figure15

Rb-42t (RIGHT LANE tab), 9.1

Rb-43 (STRAIGHT THROUGH OR LEFT TURN ONLY),9.1

Rb-44 (STRAIGHT THROUGH OR RIGHT TURNONLY), 9.1

Rb-45 (LEFT OR RIGHT TURN ONLY), 9.1, Figure 15

Rb-46 (ALL MOVEMENTS PERMITTED), 9.1

Rb-47 (STRAIGHT THROUGH ONLY), 9.1

Rb-48 (TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE), 9.1

Rb-48A (TWO-WAY LEFT-TURN LANE, CENTRELANE ONLY), 9.1

Rb-51 (NO PARKING ), 10.1

Rb-51A (NO PARKING with days), 10.1, Table 3

Rb-52 (NO PARKING with days and times), 10.1,Table 3

Rb-53 (PARKING RESTRICTED with days, times andduration), 10.1, Table 3

Rb-54 (NO STANDING), 10.1

Rb-54A (NO STANDING with days and times), 10.1,Table 3

Rb-55 (NO STOPPING), 10.1

Rb-55A (NO STOPPING with days), 10.1, Table 3

Rb-56 (NO STOPPING with days and times), 10.1,Table 3

Rb-57 (NO PARKING, SNOW ROUTE), 10.1

Rb-58 (NO PARKING, EMERGENCY PARKING ONLY),10.1

Rb-60 (NO TRACTORS), 11.3

Rb-61 (TRUCK ROUTE), 11.1

Rb-61t (MOVEMENTS PERMITTED tab), 11.1, 11.2,11.3

Rb-62 (NO HEAVY TRUCKS), 11.1

Rb-62A (NO HEAVY TRUCKS with timerestriction),11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-63 (MAXIMUM TONNES single gross weight),11.1

Rb-63A (MAXIMUM TONNES differentiated by trucktype), 11.1

Rb-64 (SNOWMOBILE ROUTE), 11.3

Rb-65 (NO SNOWMOBILES), 11.3

Rb-67 (NO BICYCLES), 11.3

Rb-68 (NO PEDESTRIANS OR BICYCLES), 11.3

Rb-69 (BICYCLE ROUTE), 11.3

Rb-76 (LOAD RESTRICTION IN EFFECT), 11.1

Rb-77 (CLASS B ROAD), 11.1

Rb-78 (STOP HERE ON RED SIGNAL), 12

Rb-79L (NO LEFT TURN ON RED), 12

Rb-79R (NO RIGHT TURN ON RED), 12

Rb-80 (ADVANCED GREEN WHEN FLASHING), 12

Rb-81 (LEFT-TURN SIGNAL), 12

Rb-82 (DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE), 11.2

Rb-82t (DANGEROUS GOODS ROUTE tab), 11.2

Rb-83 (NO DANGEROUS GOODS), 11.2

Rb-83t (DANGEROUS GOODS CARRIERSPROHIBITED tab), 11.2

Rb-84 (RESERVED BICYCLE LANE overhead), 9.2

Rb-84A (RESERVED BICYCLE LANE ground-mounted), 9.2

Rb-84t (BEGINS tab), 5, 9.2, 14,17.1, Table 7

Rb-85t (ENDS tab), 9.2, 14,17.1, Table 7

Rb-85 (RESERVED LANE one vehicle class,overhead, no days and times), 9.2

Rb-85A (RESERVED LANE one vehicle class, ground-mounted, no days and times), 9.2

Rb-86 (RESERVED LANE multiple vehicle classes,overhead, no days and times), 9.2

Rb-86A (RESERVED LANE multiple vehicle classes,ground-mounted, no days and times), 9.2

Rb-87 (RESERVED LANE one or multiple vehicleclass(es), overhead, days and times), 9.2

Page 167: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000166

Rb-87A (RESERVED LANE one or multiple vehicleclass(es), ground-mounted, days and times), 9.2

Rb-88 (3 OR MORE PERSONS), 9.2, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-89 (SCHOOL BUS LOADING ZONE), 11.3, 17.1,Table 7

Rb-90A, Rb-90B (CONSTRUCTION ZONE BEGINS/ENDS), 13, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-91 (YIELD TO ONCOMING TRAFFIC), 13, 17.1,Table 1, Table 4, Table 5, Table 7

Rb-92 (ROAD CLOSED), 13, 17.1, Table 1, Table 7

Rb-93 (DISABLED PARKING PERMIT), 10.2, 17.1,Table 7

Rb-94 (DISABLED STANDING EXEMPTION) 10.2,17.1, Table 7

Rb-95 (DISABLED STOPPING EXEMPTION), 10.2,17.1, Table 7

Rb-96 (TRUCKS ENTER INSPECTION STATIONWHEN LIGHTS FLASHING), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-97 (VEHICLES OVER 5 TONNES MUST HAVEVALID TRANSPONDER), 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-184t (BEGINS tab), 9.2, 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Rb-185t (ENDS tab), 9.2, 11.1, 17.1, Table 7

Rc Signs

Rc-1 (WALK ON LEFT FACING TRAFFIC), 16

Rc-2 (NO FISHING FROM BRIDGE), 16

Rc-3 (VEHICLES WITH LUGS PROHIBITED), 16

Rc-4 (NO LITTERING), 16

Rc-4t (MAXIMUM FINE FOR LITTERING tab), 16

Rc-4A (NO LITTERING AND MAXIMUM FINE FORLITTERING), 16

Rc-9 (COMMUNITY SAFETY ZONE), 14

Rc-10 (NO IN-LINE SKATING), 16, 17.1, Table 7

Rc-11 (KEEP OFF MEDIAN), 16, 17.1, Table 7

Rc-12 (NO PEDESTRIANS), 16, 17.1, Table 7

Rc-13 (FASTEN SEAT BELT), 16, 17.1, Table 7

Rc-13t (COMPULSORY tab), 16, 17.1, Table 7

Page 168: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 167

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Appendix A • Definitions

A

AccelerationA rate of change of speed (km/h/sec or m/sec2)resulting in an increase in travel speed.

Acceleration LaneA speed change lane for the purpose of:

(1) enabling a vehicle entering a roadway toincrease its speed to a rate at which it canmore safely merge with through traffic:

(2) providing the necessary merging distance; and

(3) giving the main road traffic the necessarytime to make appropriate adjustments.

AccessA way of entering or travelling towards a location. Itis used wh-en describing which vehicle movementsmay be permitted at an intersection (such as with anaccess-only barrier). It is also used when describingthe location of driveways and walkways whichprovide an entrance to a property. See Egress andIngress.

AccidentSee Collision.

Advisory SpeedThe speed, determined to the nearest 5 km/h, atwhich traffic may safely negotiate a potential hazardunder favourable driving conditions.

All-red Interval (Traffic Signal)The time in seconds of a red indication for allintersection traffic. It is used following an AmberClearance Interval to permit vehicles or pedestriansto clear the intersection before conflicting trafficreceives a green indication.

Amber Clearance Interval (Traffic Signal)The clearance interval in which the signal indicationfor that Phase is amber. A clearance interval to warnapproaching traffic to clear the intersection beforeconflicting traffic receives a green indication.

Approach NoseThe end of a traffic island first encountered by aroad user approaching from a given direction; alsocalled the Upstream End. Depending on thesituation, traffic may pass only to the right of theisland, or on both sides. Each traffic island has twoapproach ends, one for each direction of travel.

Approach SpeedThe maximum safe speed that can be maintainedover a short section of highway immediately inadvance of a potentially hazardous location, takinginto account pavement and shoulder width,horizontal and vertical alignment, sight distance,and other controlling factors. The approach speeddoes not necessarily coincide with the design speed.

Arterial RoadA Major Road, used primarily for through trafficrather than for access to adjacent land, that ischaracterized by high vehicular capacity andcontinuity of movement. Intersections are spacedrelatively far apart and are frequently signalized. Seealso Collector Road and Local Road.

ASTMAmerican Society for Testing and Materials.

Page 169: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000168

At-grade IntersectionAn intersection of two roadways where there is novertical separation between the two roadways attheir point of intersection.

BBicycleA vehicle having only two tandem wheels, propelledsolely by human power, upon which typically one ortwo persons may travel. The HTA definition of bicycleincludes tricycles and uni-cycles and excludes motor-assisted bicycles.

Bicycle FacilityA general term denoting a facility withimprovements and provisions made or administeredby public agencies to accommodate or encouragebicycling, including bikeways and bikeway parkingfacilities.

Bicycle LaneA portion of a roadway which has been designatedby striping, signing and pavement markings for thepreferential or exclusive use of bicyclists.

Bicycle PathA bikeway physically separated from the motorizedvehicular traffic by an open space or barrier andeither within the highway right-of-way or within anindependent right-of-way.

Bicycle RouteA segment of a system of bikeways designated bythe jurisdiction having authority, with appropriatedirectional and information markers, with or withouta specific bicycle route number.

Bicycle TrailAn unimproved bikeway.

Blank NumberSee Sign Blank Number.

Broken LineA Pavement Marking consisting of a cycle ofmarking segments and gaps. Broken lines arepermissive and inform drivers that they are permittedto cross a broken line, (two-lane, two-way highways)or that there is a change in use of a particular lane(continuity lines).

Built-up AreaThe territory contiguous to a highway not within acity, town, village or police village where:

(1) not less than 50% of the frontage upon oneside of the highway for a distance of not lessthan 200 m is occupied by dwellings,buildings used for business purposes, schoolsor churches;

(2) not less than 50% of the frontage upon bothsides of the highway for a distance of not lessthan 100 m is occupied by dwellings,buildings used for business purposes, schoolsor churches;

(3) not more than 200 m of the highwayseparates any territory described in clause (1)or (2) from any other territory described inclause (1) or (2); and signs are displayed asrequired.

BusAny motor vehicle designed, constructed and/orused in the transportation of ten or more seatedpassengers.

Bus LaneA street or highway lane intended exclusively orprimarily for buses, either all day, or during specifiedperiods. See also Reserved Lane and Transit Lane.

Page 170: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 169

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Business DistrictThe territory contiguous to and including a highwaywhen within 180 m along such highway there arebuildings in use for business or industrial purposes,including but not limited to, hotels, banks or officebuildings which occupy at least 90 m of frontage onone side or 90 collectively on both sides of thehighway.

CCentrelineSee Directional Dividing Line.

CGSBCanadian General Standards Board.

Changeable Message SignAn electrical, electro-optical, electro-mechanical, ormechanical sign which permits the sign message tobe changed dynamically, either locally or remotely.

ChannelizationThe separation or regulation of traffic movementsinto definite paths of travel by use of pavementmarkings, raised islands, or other suitable means tofacilitate the safe and orderly movement of traffic,both vehicular and pedestrian.

Collector RoadA road for which vehicle movement and access areof equal importance. Direct access to adjacentproperties may be permitted in some cases, typicallyin lower-density residential areas. Intersections arespaced at varying intervals and are typically onlysignalized where the collector road intersects anarterial road or in some cases another collectorroad. See Arterial Road and Local Road.

CollisionAn incident resulting in property damage, personalinjury or death and involving the loss of control and/or the striking of one or more vehicles with anothervehicle, a person, an animal or an inanimate object.

Commercial Motor VehicleA motor vehicle having a permanently attached truckor delivery body, including fire apparatus, buses, andtruck tractors and trailers (combination units) usedfor hauling purposes on the highways, and requiringa Commercial Vehicle Operating Registration(CVOR).

ComprehensionThe ability of drivers to understand the meaning of asign message, including any symbols orabbreviations.

ConflictA Collision or near-collision which requires evasiveaction on the part of one or more persons. Conflictscan occur between two motorists, between amotorist and cyclist, between a motorist andpedestrian, and between a cyclist and pedestrian.

ConspicuityThe ability of a traffic control device to attract orcommand attention, given the visual setting in whichit is placed.

Construction ZoneA highway work area located on or near theroadway. A construction zone must be designatedand signed in order to have enforceable maximumspeed limits.

Continuous Wide MedianOn a divided highway, a median that has acontinuous width of 10 m or more. See also DividedHighway.

Page 171: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000170

Controlled IntersectionAn intersection where traffic approaching from anyor all directions is regulated by some form of trafficcontrol device.

Controller (Traffic Signal)The general usage term for the Controller Unit,cabinet and associated appurtenances.

Controller Unit (Traffic Signal)That part of the Controller which performs the basictiming and logic functions. A microprocessor basedor electro-mechanical timing unit.

CrossoverSee Pedestrian Crossover.

CrosswalkSee Pedestrian Crosswalk.

CurbA vertical or sloping construction element along theedge of a pavement or shoulder forming part of agutter, strengthening or protecting the edge, andclearly defining the edge to vehicle operators. Thesurface of the curb facing the general direction ofthe pavement is called the “face”.

CurveA horizontal or vertical deviation in the roadway. Ahorizontal curve appears as a bend in the roadway,requiring drivers to turn the steering wheel. Avertical curve appears either as a “crest” or a “sag”to provide for a change in gradient on the profile ofthe roadway.

CyclistA person riding a bicycle.

DDangerous Goods CarrierA commercial goods carrier which transports goodsdeemed dangerous by the relevant provincial andfederal legislation.

Deceleration LaneA speed change lane for the purpose of enabling avehicle that is to make an exit from a roadway toslow to the safe speed on the exit after it has left themain stream of traffic.

DelineationOne, or a combination of several types of devices(excluding Guide Signs) that regulate, warn, orprovide tracking information and guidance to drivers.

Device (Traffic Calming)A physical feature of the roadway, constructed forthe purpose of affecting the movement of motorvehicles, bicycles and/or pedestrians.

Directional Dividing LineA yellow Pavement Marking indicating the divisionof the roadway between traffic travelling in oppositedirections.

Divided HighwayA multi-lane highway consisting of roadways foropposing traffic which are separated by an unpavedarea or other physical barrier, including a curbedisland. See also Continuous Wide Median.

Double LineA pavement marking used on two-way, undividedroadways to inform the driver of a “no-passing” zonein both directions of travel.

DriverA person who operates a vehicle on a highway.

Page 172: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 171

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Driver ResponseThe driver action taken as a result of reading atraffic sign or encountering another traffic controldevice.

DrivewayA private road giving access from a public way to abuilding or property on abutting grounds.

EEdge LineA painted line marking the edge of the roadway.

EgressA way of exiting or travelling away from a location. Isused when describing which vehicle movementsmay be permitted at an intersection (such as with anegress-only barrier). Is used when describing thelocation of driveways and walkways which providean exit from a property.

Electronic Changeable Message SignSee Changeable Message Sign.

Engineering Grade MaterialA retroreflective sign sheeting material meetingASTM Specification for Type I material or CGSBSpecification 62-GP-11M for Reflectivity Level IImaterial.

ExpectancyUsed in traffic engineering to describe a driver’santicipation of upcoming road design and trafficcontrol conditions. Driver expectancy is usuallyaffected by previous experience and the consistencyand continuity of traffic control devices encountered.Violation of driver expectancy should be avoidedwhenever possible.

ExpresswayA divided arterial highway for through traffic withfull or partial control of access and generally withgrade separations at major intersections.

FFarm TractorA self-propelled vehicle designed and used primarilyas an implement for drawing ploughs, mowingmachines and other implements of husbandry andnot designed or used for carrying a load.

FazeSee Movement (Traffic Signal).

Field AdvertizingCommercial advertizing signs located off thehighway right-of-way, or, in bush country, located on,and at the edge of, the highway right-of-way.

Flasher (Traffic Signal)A device used to open and close signal circuits at arepetitive rate.

FlowMovement of traffic:

(1) Interrupted – Non-continuous movement oftraffic;

(2) Uninterrupted – Continuous movement oftraffic.

FreewayAn expressway with full control of access andinterchanges in place of At-grade Intersections.This term includes Toll Highways built to a freewayconfiguration.

Page 173: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000172

GGeometryWhen referring to roadway design, geometry refersto the physical characteristics and dimensions ofparts of the roadway.

Grade SeparationThe vertical separation of two or more intersectingroadways or a roadway and another transportationmode, e.g., railroad, thus permitting traffic on allroads to cross traffic on all other roads withoutinterference.

Gross Axle WeightThat part of the gross vehicle weight in kilogramstransmitted to the highway by an axle unit.

Gross Vehicle WeightThe total weight in kilograms transmitted to thehighway by a vehicle or combination of vehicle andload.

Guide SignA Traffic Sign used to direct traffic along a routetowards a destination.

GuidelineA recommended (but usually not required) practice,method or value for a specific design feature oroperating practice.

HHazard MarkerSee Object Marker.

High Intensity MaterialA retroreflective sign sheeting material meetingASTM Specification for Type III or higher or CGSBSpecification 62-GP-11M for Reflectivity Level Imaterial.

High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV)A vehicle that carries a defined minimum number ofpersons (typically two or three).

High Occupancy Vehicle (HOV) LaneExclusive roadway or lane limited to high-occupancyvehicles, such as buses, vanpools, carpools andemergency vehicles. Some road authorities alsopermit motorcycles.

HighwayA general term denoting a public way for purposesof vehicular and pedestrian travel, including theentire area within the right-of-way. This includesKing’s Highways, regional and county roads, ruralroads, municipal roads and streets.

Highway Traffic Act (HTA)The Ontario Highway Traffic Act.

Human FactorsThe consideration of human physical, perceptual andmental limitations in engineering design, so as tooptimize the relationship between people and things.The objective is to reduce error and increase usercomfort.

IIngressA way of entering or travelling into a location. Isused when describing which vehicle movementsmay be permitted at an intersection (such asingress-only barriers). Is also used when describingthe location of driveways and walkways whichprovide access into a property.

Page 174: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 173

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

In-line SkaterA person using a manufactured or assembled deviceconsisting of a shoe, boot, or other foot covering,with a frame or chassis holding two or more ballbearing wheels aligned in a single straight line, andused to skate, or glide, by means of muscle power.

InstallationThe process or act of placing, erecting, and/orconnecting a traffic control device or system into itsfunctional position and state of operationalreadiness.

InterchangeA system of interconnecting roadways inconjunction with one or more grade separations,providing for the interchange of traffic between twoor more roadways on different levels.

Interdictory SymbolAn annular (circular) red band with a diagonal redstroke at 45 degrees, or as close to 45 degrees aspractical, signifying that whatever is depicted withinthe symbol is prohibited.

IntermittentNot continuous. As used for traffic control devices,usually means regularly spaced either in time(flashing beacon) or space (broken pavement lines).Otherwise, may mean regularly or irregularly spaced(such as intermittent hazard).

IntersectionThe area embraced by the prolongation of lateralcurb lines or, if none, of the rights-of-way of two ormore highways that join one another at an angle,whether or not one highway crosses the other.

Intersection ApproachThat part of an intersection leg used by trafficapproaching the intersection.

Intersection ChannelizationRaised or painted islands at an intersection thatprevent specific movement(s) from being made orprovide better definition of large uncontrolled areasof pavement.

Intersection LegThat part of any one of the roadways radiating fromthe intersection which is close to the intersection butoutside the area of the intersection proper.

JJunctionSee Intersection.

JurisdictionA legal or other authority with responsibility andcontrol for specific actions within a defined area.

KKilometreA measure of distance equal to 1000 m (.622miles).

King’s HighwayA highway, including secondary and tertiary roadsdesignated under the Public Transportation andHighway Improvement Act.

kmAbbreviation for kilometre.

LLaneA defined width of road intended to accommodate asingle line of moving vehicles.

Page 175: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000174

Lane Designation SignAn overhead or ground-mounted sign, erected at orin advance of an intersection, or over a lane or lanes,to regulate traffic on an approach by assigningcertain traffic movements to specific lanes or areserved lane. These signs should not be confusedwith Turn Control Signs.

Lane LineA pavement marking, other than a directionaldividing line, which separates two traffic lanesassigned to traffic moving in the same direction.

Left-turn LaneA lane reserved for left-turning vehicles and sodesignated by pavement markings and/or lane-usesigns.

Left-turn Slip-aroundAn additional lane or width of pavement provided forthrough traffic to separate this traffic from left-turning traffic at an intersection.

Legal AuthorityThe authority provided, by legislation and regulation,to a jurisdiction or enforcement body for the actionsit takes.

Legibility DistanceThe distance at which a sign can be read by a givendriver under prevailing conditions.

Legibility Distance, RequiredThe distance at which a sign must be legible, basedon the travel speed and the sum of Reading Time,Perception-reaction Time, and Manoeuvre Time.

Local RoadA street or road primarily for access to residence,business or other abutting property.

Local TrafficTraffic which originates from or is destined to alocation within a Neighbourhood.

Low Volume/High Volume RoadwayThe volume of a roadway is normally expressed as adaily volume and includes the combined traffic inboth directions. Low volume roadways are typicallydefined as having volumes less than 3,000 vehiclesper day. The appropriate value can be obtained fromthe local road authority.

LugsMetal or hard rubber studs or ridges on tires used toimprove traction on dirt surfaces.

LuminanceThe luminous flux in a light ray, emanating from asurface or falling on a surface, in a given direction,per unit of projected area of the surface as viewedfrom that direction, per unit of solid angle.(Reflective light.)

MmAbbreviation for metre.

MaintenanceThe upkeep of highways, traffic control devices,other transportation facilities, property and/orequipment.

Major RoadThe principal route of two roads at an intersection.Also called Main Road.

Manoeuvre TimeThe time to complete any required manoeuvre beforereaching a sign, other traffic control device, ordecision point.

Page 176: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 175

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Marking (Pavement)See Pavement Marking.

Maximum SpeedThe maximum speed drivers are permitted to travel.The maximum speed is imposed by the HighwayTraffic Act, or municipal by-laws.

MayIndicates a permissive condition. No requirement fordesign or application is intended. However,mandatory requirements apply to some specificoptions if and when they are selected.

MedianThat portion of a divided highway separating thetravelled ways for traffic in opposite directions.

Median BarrierA raised island, wall or structure located on theCentreline of a roadway through an intersection oralong a road that prevents left turns or straightthrough movements from being made to and from aside street or private/commercial driveway.

Median IslandA zone or physical island constructed in the centreof a roadway to separate opposing directions oftraffic. In the context of traffic calming, it may beused to reduce the overall width of the travel lanes.

Median StripAn expanse of hard surface material separatingopposing lanes on a highway. The hard surface isflush or nearly flush with the adjacent lanes.

MergingThe convergence of separate streams of traffic intoa single stream.

MinistryThe Ministry of Transportation, Ontario.

Minor RoadThe lesser of two roads at an intersection.

Motor VehicleIncludes an automobile, motorcycle, motor-assistedbicycle (moped), and any other vehicle propelled ordriven other than with muscular power, but does notinclude a streetcar, or other vehicles designed tooperate on rails, or a motorized snow vehicle,traction engine, farm tractor and implements ofhusbandry or road-building machine.

MotoristSee Driver.

Movement (Traffic Signal)A movement is the direction of traffic flow and maybe straight ahead (a “through movement”), a greenleft arrow (a “left-turn movement”), etc. Severalmovements may be allowed within a phase (such aswith an advanced green arrow and a circular greendisplay). In some cases, a movement is called aFaze since it is normally part of a Phase.

MTOThe Ministry of Transportation Ontario.

Multi-lane HighwayA roadway with two or more travelled lanes carryingtraffic in each direction.

Multi-use PathAny off-road dedicated facility for non-motorizedtraffic such as bicycles, pedestrians and in-lineskaters.

MustIndicates a mandatory condition. Where certainrequirements in the design or application of thedevice are described with the “must” stipulation, it ismandatory that these requirements be met when aninstallation is made.

Page 177: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000176

MUTCDThe Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices forOntario, 1995.

NNeighbourhoodA cohesive urban area defined by geographicfeatures, the road network or socio-economiccharacteristics. With respect to traffic calming,neighbourhood boundaries are often defined by thearterial roadway network, which typically presents asignificant barrier to travel and interaction.

No ParkingSee Parking and Parking Restriction.

No StandingThe prohibition of the halting of a vehicle whetheroccupied or not, except for the purpose of and whileactually engaged in the receiving or discharging ofpassengers.

No StoppingThe prohibition of the halting of a vehicle, eventemporarily, whether occupied or not, except wherenecessary to avoid conflict with other vehicles, or incompliance with the directions of a police officer orTraffic Control Signal.

OObject MarkerA traffic sign mounted temporarily or permanentlyon an obstruction, within or adjacent to the roadway,to make the obstruction as highly visible as possible.

Off RampThat part of an interchange connecting aDeceleration Lane to a crossroad.

Off-road BikewayA bicycle path which is not immediately adjacent toa roadway.

Official SignAny sign approved by the Ministry of Transportation.

Older DriverA driver aged 55 years or older.

On RampThat part of an interchange connecting a crossroadto an Acceleration Lane leading onto a Major Road.

On-street ParkingThe use of vehicle parking on the roadway surfaceor on the adjacent shoulder.

Opposing Traffic (Traffic Signal)Traffic progressing in the opposite direction to thetraffic being considered on a roadway.

Overhead SignA Traffic Sign mounted above the roadway, usuallywith 4.5 m to 5.3 m of vertical clearance andpreferably located over the lane or lanes to whichthe sign applies.

Oversize SignA Traffic Sign with greater proportional dimensionsthan the minimum dimensions specified in thisManual. Such signs are generally required on higherspeed highways, or on other highways in specialcases.

PParkingThe stationary storage or leaving of a vehicleunoccupied or unattended.

Page 178: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 177

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Parking Control SignA sign which identifies the times of day and days ofweek parking, stopping or standing restrictions arein place on the section of road adjacent to the sign.

Parking and Stopping SignsA Traffic Sign of the regulatory type which informsdrivers of the parking and stopping regulations ineffect on facilities where such signs are erected.

Parking RestrictionA limitation which prevents vehicles from beingparked in specific locations, at specific times, or forspecific types of vehicle. Most often used to controlon-street parking.

Parking Space MarkingMarkings intended to inform drivers where they arepermitted to park.

Passing Sight DistanceThe length of highway required for a vehicle toexecute a normal passing manoeuvre as related todesign conditions and design speed.

Pavement MarkingA coloured marking applied to the pavement toprovide drivers with roadway alignment information.

PedestrianAny person who is not in or upon a vehicle,motorized or otherwise propelled.

Pedestrian CrossoverAny portion of a Roadway, designated by by-law of amunicipality, at an intersection or elsewhere,distinctly indicated for pedestrian crossing by signson the highway and lines or other markings on thesurface of the roadway as prescribed by theregulation and the HTA, with associated signs Ra-4,Ra-4t, Ra-10 and Ra-11.

Pedestrian CrosswalkAny portion of the roadway, at an intersection orelsewhere, distinctly indicated for pedestriancrossing by appropriate pavement markings and/orsigns, or by the projections of the lateral lines of thesidewalk on opposite sides of the road.

Pedestrian FacilityA facility where pedestrians are controlled andprotected from other road users.

Pedestrian Signal (Traffic Signal)A Traffic Signal head or indication showing either awhite walking pedestrian on a black background(when pedestrians are permitted to cross) or anorange hand on a black background (whenpedestrians are not permitted to cross, if continuous,or are not permitted to start crossing, if flashing).

Perception-reaction TimeThe time required to make a decision, after readingor encountering a traffic control device, and initiatea manoeuvre if required.

PermissiveRefers to areas where a driver is permitted to travel.

Permissive SymbolAn annular (circular) green band used on a sign tosignify that whatever is depicted within the symbol ispermitted.

Phase (Traffic Signal)A part of a cycle where one or more trafficmovements receive a green indication at the sametime. Phase time is the time required from the startto the finish of the phase including Amber andAll-red Interval times.

Page 179: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000178

Portable Lane Control SignalA portable lane control signal may be used as analternative to Traffic Control Persons and is usedonly to stop vehicles intermittently when traffic mustuse a single lane in situations where the road isnormally a two-way operation. Portable lane controlsignals must comply in all respects with Section 125or Regulation 478 under the HTA.

Posted Speed ZoneA section of highway upon which the maximumspeed is indicated by appropriate Regulatory Signs.

Prescribed SignThe Highway Traffic Act (HTA), Section 182 (R.S.O.1990), provides for the regulation of various signs,their type and location on the roadway. The criteriaand specifications for application, dimensions,location and orientation are prescribed andillustrated under Regulations 615, 608, 581, 599(R.R.O 1990) and are indicated as such in thisManual. Signs erected in accordance with theRegulations, and pursuant to the Highway TrafficAct, are enforceable under various provisions of theAct. Enforcement is permitted under the particularsection under the authority of which a prescribedsign may be erected to indicate a traffic regulation,or HTA Section 182 (R.S.O. 1990), which requiresobedience to prescribed signs.

Progression (Traffic Signal)(1) The time relationship between adjacent

signals on a roadway which permits a platoonof vehicles to proceed through the signals at aplanned rate of speed;

(2) The act of various Controller Units providingspecific green indications in accordance witha time schedule to permit continuousoperation of groups (platoons) of vehiclesalong the road at a planned speed.

Provincial HighwayAny public highway under the jurisdiction of theMinistry of Transportation of Ontario (MTO). SeeKing’s Highway.

Public RoadwayAny roadway under the jurisdiction of andmaintained by a public authority and open to publictravel.

RRaised CrosswalkA marked Pedestrian Crosswalk at an intersection ormid-block, constructed to the same elevation asadjacent curbs and sidewalks.

RampAn interconnecting roadway of a traffic interchange,or any connection between highways at differentlevels or between parallel highways, on which thevehicles may enter or leave a designated roadway.

Reading TimeThe time required to read a sign with a givenmessage.

ReflectanceSee Reflectivity.

ReflectivityA measure of the degree to which a surface reflectsincident light. A related term, reflectance, is theamount of light reflected back from a sign, relativeto the amount of light shining on the sign. SeeRetroreflectivity, Coefficient of (R).

ReflectorizationA method of incorporating light-reflective material onthe approach face of a Traffic Sign so that the facewill reflect light during the hours of darkness whileretaining the same colours as by day.

Page 180: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 179

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Refuge IslandAn island provided in a street for the safety ofpedestrians, either as a Median Island on a widestreet, where the width may not permit pedestriansto cross the street on a single Pedestrian Signalindication, or as a loading island for transit, such asStreetcars.

RegulationA prescribed rule, supported by legislation, such asany regulation made under the HTA or municipal by-law. Regulations provide the legal basis forenforcement.

Regulatory SignA Traffic Sign advising drivers of action they shouldor must do (or not do), under a given set ofcircumstances. Disregard of a regulatory sign wouldusually constitute an offence.

Reserved LaneA street or highway lane reserved for use by specificclasses of vehicles, either all day, or during specifiedperiods. These classes may include any or all ofbuses, carpools, taxis or bicycles.

Reserved Lane ControlsAll controls, including Traffic Control Devices andphysical devices, intended to ensure that a ReservedLane functions in accordance with its intendedpurpose.

Residential DistrictThat portion of a municipality, or an area within theinfluence of a municipality, in which the dominantland use is residential development, but where smallbusiness areas may be included.

RestrictiveRefers to areas where, or times when, a driver is notpermitted to travel.

Retroreflective MaterialA type of material applied in either strips or sheetswhich reflects illumination back to its source.

Right-of-way(1) Allocation of right of movement to a road user,

in preference over other road users;

(2) The width of the road allowance from theproperty line on one side to the property lineon the opposite side of the roadway.

Right-of-way RuleAlthough these may vary in specific localities,generally a vehicle approaching an uncontrolledintersection must yield to a vehicle approaching onthe leg to its right.

Right Turn on Red (RToR)A right-turning movement permitted on a red signalindication after coming to a stop and ensuring that aright turn can be made safely. Allowed by the HTA,but subject to site-specific local by-laws.

RoadSee Highway.

Road AuthorityThe body (Municipal, Provincial or private) that haslegal jurisdiction over a roadway.

Road ClosureThe closing of a highway to road users. Roadclosures are covered by Regulation 599 of the HTA.

RoadwayThe part of the highway that is improved, designedor ordinarily used for vehicular traffic, but does notinclude the shoulder, and, where a highway includestwo or more separate roadways, the term “roadway”refers to any one roadway separately and not to allof the roadways collectively.

Page 181: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000180

RollerbladerSee In-line Skater.

RoundaboutA raised circular island located in the centre of anintersection, which requires vehicles to travelthrough the intersection in a counter-clockwisedirection around the island. Roundabouts aretypically used on arterial and collector roads, and aredistinguished by YIELD signs and raised MedianIslands on all approaches, and in some cases,gradual widening of the entry approach to two ormore lanes.

Rumble StripRaised buttons, bars or depressions closely spacedat regular intervals on the roadway or shoulder thatcreate both noise and vibration in a moving vehicleto alert the driver or cyclist of an upcoming situation,or of a potentially hazardous deviation from thenormal travel way. Also called Singing Strip.

Rural AreaAn area outside of the limits of any incorporated orunincorporated city, town, village, or any otherdesignated residential or commercial area.

SSafe SpeedSee Advisory Speed.

Safe Stopping DistanceThe distance required to bring a vehicle completelyand safely to rest with normal braking and roadconditions.

School BusAny bus which is used for the express purpose oftransporting students to and from school. Ontarioregistered vehicles must be Chrome Yellow in colour.

School and Pedestrian SignsA group of signs, both Regulatory and Warning,used to control vehicles and protect pedestrianswherever students and pedestrians are likely to bepresent and conflict with vehicles may occur.

School ZoneA roadway section with a mandatory 40 km/hmaximum speed zone in effect every school day atdesignated times, in the vicinity of a school. The HTAalso makes provision for 60 km/h speed zones onKing’s Highways.

ShallMeans the same as “must”.

Shared RoadwayAny roadway upon which a Reserved Lane is notdesignated and which may be legally used by avariety of vehicle types regardless of whether suchfacility is specifically designated. This includesbicycles, buses, taxis, and carpools.

Short Duration WorkAny daytime maintenance activity, constructionproject or utility work which requires a separate workarea for less than one day in duration.

ShouldIndicates an advisory condition. Where the work“should” is used, the action is advised;recommended but not mandatory. This term ismeant to suggest good practice in most situationsbut also to recognize that in some situations, forgood reasons, the recommended action cannot orneed not be followed.

Page 182: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 181

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

ShoulderThe portion of a highway between the outer edge ofthe roadway and the curb, or point of intersection ofthe slope lines at the outer edge of the roadway andthe fill, ditch, or median slope, for theaccommodation of stopped vehicles, for emergencyuse, and for lateral support.

Side Road (Traffic Signal)The roadway approach or approaches at anintersection normally carrying the least volume ofvehicular traffic. (Also called Minor Road.)

SidewalkThat portion of a road, adjacent to the travelledroadway, which has been improved for the use ofpedestrians.

Sight DistanceThe distance visible to the driver of a passengervehicle, measured along the normal travel path of aroadway, to the roadway surface or to a specifiedheight above the roadway, when the view isunobstructed by traffic.

SignA Traffic Control Device mounted on a fixed orportable support which conveys a specific messageby means of symbols or words, and is officiallyerected for the purpose of regulating, warning, orguiding traffic.

Sign Blank NumberThe number given to a given size of standard signblank (substrate), for purposes of identification,inventory and fabrication.

Sign PatternThe full-size drawings of individual signs, showingsufficient detail and dimensional accuracy for signfabrication.

Sign SheetingThe Retroreflective Material used on the surface of aSign to provide good daytime and nighttime visibility.

Sign SupportThe physical means of holding a sign in its intendedposition.

Sign SymbolA pictogram, depiction, arrow, silhouette or figure,and/or Interdictory or Permissive Symbol, used tosimplify or represent a word message on a sign.

Signal Indication (Traffic Signal)The illumination of one or more lenses in a signalhead which conveys a message to trafficapproaching the signal from one direction.

Signalized ControlThe use of a traffic signal control device to controltraffic on a road section or intersection.

Singing StripSee Rumble Strip.

Single Axle WeightThe total weight transmitted to the roadway by allwheels whose centres may be included betweentwo parallel transverse vertical planes 1 m apart,extending across the full width of the vehicle.

Snow RouteA highway where parking is prohibited for purposesof snow removal as decreed by municipal by-law.

SnowmobileA motorized vehicle solely designed to operate onsnow or ice.

Page 183: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000182

Solid LineA continuous Pavement Marking. Solid lines arerestrictive; drivers are being informed that they arenot to cross a solid line.

Speed ControlsSpeed zoning, enforcement, and non-enforcementmeasures to control speeds.

Speed LimitThe maximum vehicular speed allowed within anygiven posted or unposted Speed Zone.

Speed ZoneA specific section of roadway upon which amaximum speed limit has been imposed. Suchzones may be posted or unposted.

SpeedingOperating at a speed, possibly below the postedlimit, above that at which a reasonable and prudentperson would operate under the circumstances, oroperating at a speed above the legal limit.

Staged FreewayA highway designated as a possible future freeway,being constructed by stages with either two or fourlanes and with both At-grade Intersections andInterchanges. One consequence of the stagedfreeway designation is the restriction on FieldAdvertizing.

StandardA rule, principle, pattern or measure, which practiceor theory has shown to be appropriate for a givenset of conditions, and applicable, as the case maybe, to planning, design, traffic control devices,operations or maintenance.

StandingThe halting of a vehicle whether occupied or not,except for the purpose of and while actuallyengaged in the receiving or discharging ofpassengers.

Statutory Speed LimitA maximum speed limit automatically in effect on allroads, unless otherwise signed. The statutory speedlimit applies even where no maximum speed limitsare signed.

Stop BarA Pavement Marking placed laterally across theapproach half of a travelled roadway at the site of aSTOP sign, Traffic Signal, or Pedestrian Crosswalk.The line indicates the point beyond which theforemost part of a vehicle must not protrude, shouldthe vehicle be required to stop. Also called StopLine.

Stop LineSee Stop Bar.

StoppingThe halting of a vehicle, even temporarily, whetheroccupied or not, except where necessary to avoidconflict with other vehicles, or in compliance withthe directions of a police officer or Traffic ControlSignal.

Stopping Sight DistanceThe distance required by a driver of a vehicle,travelling at a given speed, to bring the vehicle to astop after an object on the roadway becomes visible.It includes the distance travelled during thePerception-reaction Time and the vehicle brakingdistance.

StreetAn Urban Highway.

Page 184: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 183

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Streetcar/TramAn electrically powered rail car that is operatedsingly or in short trains in mixed traffic on track incity streets.

SubstrateThe surface to which the Sign Sheeting is applied.

Suburban AreaAn area, primarily residential, generally locatedbetween an urban centre of a community and thesurrounding rural area.

SurfaceThe top of the pavement material, Substrate, or SignSheeting.

TTab SignA sign smaller than the primary sign with which it isassociated, and mounted below it. There are twotypes of tab signs:

(1) Supplementary Tab Sign – contains additional,related information;

(2) Educational Tab Sign – conveys the meaningof symbols during their introductory period.

TaxiA “for-hire” vehicle for the transport of passengersbetween points not along a fixed route or schedule.

TCAbbreviation for Temporary Conditions.

Temporary ConditionsRoadway and traffic control conditions related tonon-permanent construction, maintenance and utilitywork on any highway open to the public.

Temporary SignA Regulatory, Warning, or Guide Sign, intended tobe used for Temporary Conditions.

Through Roadway(1) The portion of the roadway used by through

traffic as opposed to the parts used by trafficwhich is stopping or turning; or

(2) A road at which vehicular traffic fromintersecting roads is required to stop beforecrossing or entering.

Through Traffic(1) Traffic using a through roadway; or

(2) Traffic proceeding through an area and nothaving an origin and destination therein.

TimingWhen referring to traffic signals, timing describesthe amount of time allotted to each Phase withineach signal cycle.

Toll HighwayA highway, often built to freeway configuration,where a fee (toll) is charged for use of the highway.

Traffic AccidentSee Collision.

Traffic CircleA confluence of three or more intersection legs atwhich traffic merges into and emerges from a one-way roadway in a counterclockwise direction arounda central area. Traffic circles are typically used onlocal streets, and may have either no right-of-waycontrol devices, or YIELD signs. See alsoRoundabout.

Page 185: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000184

Traffic Control DeviceAny sign, signal, marking, or device placed upon,over or adjacent to a roadway by a public authorityor official having jurisdiction, for the purpose ofregulating, warning, guiding or informing roadusers.

Traffic Control PersonA person, duly trained and authorized, to directtraffic at a work zone, through the use of a “Stop”and “Slow” paddle.

Traffic Control Signal (Traffic Signal)Any power-operated Traffic Control Device, whethermanually, electrically or mechanically operated, bywhich traffic is alternately directed to stop andpermitted to proceed. Traffic Signal:

(1) When used in general discussion, a trafficsignal is a complete installation includingsignal heads, wiring, controller, poles andother appurtenances.

(2) When used specifically, the terms refers to thesignal head which conveys a message to theobserver.

(3) That part of a traffic control signal system thatconsists of one set of no less than threecoloured lenses, red, amber and green,mounted on a frame and commonly referred toas a signal head.

Traffic IslandA raised or painted island designed to separatestreams of vehicular traffic.

Traffic SignA device (other than Delineators and Traffic ControlSignals) which may be erected beside or above aroadway for the purpose of regulating, warning orguiding traffic.

TrailerA vehicle that is drawn upon a highway by a motorvehicle, except an implement of husbandry, a mobilehome, or motorcycle side car.

Transit LaneA street or highway lane intended exclusively orprimarily for transit vehicles, including buses,streetcars and trolleys, either all day, or duringspecified periods.

TransponderA small electronic device which, when mounted inor on a vehicle and interrogated electronically by aroadside reader, responds with its transponderidentification and possibly additional information,enabling the reader to identify the passage of aspecific vehicle. (Used in electronic toll collectionsystems and other applications.)

TruckA commercial vehicle exceeding a specified weightor length as defined by the Highway Traffic Act,municipal by-law, or toll agency.

Turn Control SignA Traffic Sign, generally erected at an intersection,indicating by arrows and an Interdictory Symbol themovement or movements traffic on that approachmust not take. These signs should not be confusedwith Lane Designation Signs.

Turn LaneA lane designed to facilitate vehicular turnmovements from the through roadway.

Turn ProhibitionA regulation prohibiting a straight-throughmovement or a left or right turn at an intersection.Turn prohibitions are sometimes used in associationwith barriers that physically prevent a turn frombeing made.

Page 186: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 185

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Two-lane HighwayAn undivided two-way facility having one lane fortraffic moving in each direction.

Two-way Left-turn LaneThe centre lane on some three, five or seven lanesections of undivided highway which is designed tofacilitate left turns from each direction.

UUncontrolled IntersectionAn intersection which does not have right-of-waycontrol devices on any of the approaches.

Undivided HighwayA multi-lane highway with no continuous median, orwith a paved flush dividing strip (including a RumbleStrip), or with a two-way left-turn lane.

UniformityConsistency in the design and application of trafficcontrol devices and operations.

Upstream End (of an Island)See Approach Nose.

Urban AreaAn indefinite area of land used primarily forresidential, commercial, and/or industrial purposes,usually associated with a given area size, population,and density.

Urban HighwayAny highway, road, or street within the boundaries ofan urban area.

VVehicleIncludes a motor vehicle, trailer, traction engine,farm tractor, road-building machine, bicycle, and anyvehicle drawn, propelled or driven by any kind ofpower, including muscular power, but does notinclude a motorized snow vehicle or motorcyclesidecar.

Vehicle OccupancyThe number of persons, including the driver andpassenger(s), in a vehicle at a given time.

Vehicles with LugsSee Lugs.

VolumeThe number of vehicles or pedestrians that pass overa given section of a lane or a roadway or make aparticular movement during a specific time period(such as one hour or 24 hours).

WWarning SignA sign which indicates conditions on or adjacent toa highway or street that are actually or potentiallyhazardous to traffic operations.

WarrantA criterion or set of criteria by which justification fora given type of Traffic Control Device or otherapplication is determined.

YYieldTo cede the right-of-way.

Page 187: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000186

Page 188: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 187

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Appendix B • References

Referenced Documents

Highway Traffic Act (HTA); Office Consolidation,Revised Statues of Ontario, 1990, Chapter H.8and the Regulations thereunder (as amended),1996

King’s Highway Guide Signing Policy Manual;Ministry of Transportation Ontario, 1990

Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices; Ministryof Transportation Ontario, 1985

Motorized Snow Vehicles Act; Ministry ofTransportation Ontario, 1995

Ontario Traffic Manual; Books 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, 10,11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18 and 19, 1998

Public Transportation and Highway ImprovementAct; Revised Statutes of Ontario 1990, RevisedRegulations of Ontario, 1986

Specification 62-GP-11M; Canadian GeneralStandards Board, 1978 (Amendment No. 1,1987)

Specification D 4956-95; American Society forTesting and Materials, 1995

Transportation of Dangerous Goods Act (Canada);1992

Additional References

Highway Capacity Manual; Transportation ResearchBoard, 1994

HOV Best Practices Guidelines; Ministry ofTransportation Ontario, 1997

HOV Facilities on Provincial Highways (Draft);Ministry of Transportation Ontario, 1997

High Occupancy Vehicle Opportunities, Incentivesand Examples; Ministry of Transportation Ontario,1997

In-line Skating Review – Phase 2; TransportationAssociation of Canada, 1997

Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices; U.S.Department of Transportation, 1997

Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices;Transportation Association of Canada, 1997

Municipal Act; Revised Statues of Ontario, 1990

Ontario Traffic Manual; Books 22 and 23, 1998

Traffic Engineering Handbook; Institute ofTransportation Engineers, 1992

Transportation Planning Handbook; Institute ofTransportation Engineers, 1992

Page 189: Ontario Traffic Manual - Greater Sudbury Sustainable ...sudburysmap.ca/wp-content/uploads/2015/10/OTM-Book-5.pdf · Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000 1 ... to exercise engineering

Book 5 • Regulatory Signs

Ontario Traffic Manual • March 2000188